OpenCloudOS-Kernel/net/core/dev.c

5336 lines
128 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*
* NET3 Protocol independent device support routines.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* Derived from the non IP parts of dev.c 1.0.19
* Authors: Ross Biro
* Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
* Mark Evans, <evansmp@uhura.aston.ac.uk>
*
* Additional Authors:
* Florian la Roche <rzsfl@rz.uni-sb.de>
* Alan Cox <gw4pts@gw4pts.ampr.org>
* David Hinds <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
* Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
* Adam Sulmicki <adam@cfar.umd.edu>
* Pekka Riikonen <priikone@poesidon.pspt.fi>
*
* Changes:
* D.J. Barrow : Fixed bug where dev->refcnt gets set
* to 2 if register_netdev gets called
* before net_dev_init & also removed a
* few lines of code in the process.
* Alan Cox : device private ioctl copies fields back.
* Alan Cox : Transmit queue code does relevant
* stunts to keep the queue safe.
* Alan Cox : Fixed double lock.
* Alan Cox : Fixed promisc NULL pointer trap
* ???????? : Support the full private ioctl range
* Alan Cox : Moved ioctl permission check into
* drivers
* Tim Kordas : SIOCADDMULTI/SIOCDELMULTI
* Alan Cox : 100 backlog just doesn't cut it when
* you start doing multicast video 8)
* Alan Cox : Rewrote net_bh and list manager.
* Alan Cox : Fix ETH_P_ALL echoback lengths.
* Alan Cox : Took out transmit every packet pass
* Saved a few bytes in the ioctl handler
* Alan Cox : Network driver sets packet type before
* calling netif_rx. Saves a function
* call a packet.
* Alan Cox : Hashed net_bh()
* Richard Kooijman: Timestamp fixes.
* Alan Cox : Wrong field in SIOCGIFDSTADDR
* Alan Cox : Device lock protection.
* Alan Cox : Fixed nasty side effect of device close
* changes.
* Rudi Cilibrasi : Pass the right thing to
* set_mac_address()
* Dave Miller : 32bit quantity for the device lock to
* make it work out on a Sparc.
* Bjorn Ekwall : Added KERNELD hack.
* Alan Cox : Cleaned up the backlog initialise.
* Craig Metz : SIOCGIFCONF fix if space for under
* 1 device.
* Thomas Bogendoerfer : Return ENODEV for dev_open, if there
* is no device open function.
* Andi Kleen : Fix error reporting for SIOCGIFCONF
* Michael Chastain : Fix signed/unsigned for SIOCGIFCONF
* Cyrus Durgin : Cleaned for KMOD
* Adam Sulmicki : Bug Fix : Network Device Unload
* A network device unload needs to purge
* the backlog queue.
* Paul Rusty Russell : SIOCSIFNAME
* Pekka Riikonen : Netdev boot-time settings code
* Andrew Morton : Make unregister_netdevice wait
* indefinitely on dev->refcnt
* J Hadi Salim : - Backlog queue sampling
* - netif_rx() feedback
*/
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include <asm/system.h>
#include <linux/bitops.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/cpu.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/sched.h>
#include <linux/mutex.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <linux/mm.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
#include <linux/ethtool.h>
#include <linux/notifier.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <net/net_namespace.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
#include <linux/stat.h>
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
#include <linux/if_macvlan.h>
#include <net/dst.h>
#include <net/pkt_sched.h>
#include <net/checksum.h>
#include <linux/highmem.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/kmod.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
#include <linux/rcupdate.h>
#include <linux/delay.h>
#include <net/wext.h>
#include <net/iw_handler.h>
#include <asm/current.h>
#include <linux/audit.h>
#include <linux/dmaengine.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/ctype.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <linux/if_vlan.h>
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <net/ip.h>
#include <linux/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/jhash.h>
#include <linux/random.h>
#include "net-sysfs.h"
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
/* Instead of increasing this, you should create a hash table. */
#define MAX_GRO_SKBS 8
/* This should be increased if a protocol with a bigger head is added. */
#define GRO_MAX_HEAD (MAX_HEADER + 128)
/*
* The list of packet types we will receive (as opposed to discard)
* and the routines to invoke.
*
* Why 16. Because with 16 the only overlap we get on a hash of the
* low nibble of the protocol value is RARP/SNAP/X.25.
*
* NOTE: That is no longer true with the addition of VLAN tags. Not
* sure which should go first, but I bet it won't make much
* difference if we are running VLANs. The good news is that
* this protocol won't be in the list unless compiled in, so
* the average user (w/out VLANs) will not be adversely affected.
* --BLG
*
* 0800 IP
* 8100 802.1Q VLAN
* 0001 802.3
* 0002 AX.25
* 0004 802.2
* 8035 RARP
* 0005 SNAP
* 0805 X.25
* 0806 ARP
* 8137 IPX
* 0009 Localtalk
* 86DD IPv6
*/
#define PTYPE_HASH_SIZE (16)
#define PTYPE_HASH_MASK (PTYPE_HASH_SIZE - 1)
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(ptype_lock);
static struct list_head ptype_base[PTYPE_HASH_SIZE] __read_mostly;
static struct list_head ptype_all __read_mostly; /* Taps */
/*
* The @dev_base_head list is protected by @dev_base_lock and the rtnl
* semaphore.
*
* Pure readers hold dev_base_lock for reading.
*
* Writers must hold the rtnl semaphore while they loop through the
* dev_base_head list, and hold dev_base_lock for writing when they do the
* actual updates. This allows pure readers to access the list even
* while a writer is preparing to update it.
*
* To put it another way, dev_base_lock is held for writing only to
* protect against pure readers; the rtnl semaphore provides the
* protection against other writers.
*
* See, for example usages, register_netdevice() and
* unregister_netdevice(), which must be called with the rtnl
* semaphore held.
*/
DEFINE_RWLOCK(dev_base_lock);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_base_lock);
#define NETDEV_HASHBITS 8
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
#define NETDEV_HASHENTRIES (1 << NETDEV_HASHBITS)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static inline struct hlist_head *dev_name_hash(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
unsigned hash = full_name_hash(name, strnlen(name, IFNAMSIZ));
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return &net->dev_name_head[hash & ((1 << NETDEV_HASHBITS) - 1)];
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static inline struct hlist_head *dev_index_hash(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return &net->dev_index_head[ifindex & ((1 << NETDEV_HASHBITS) - 1)];
}
/* Device list insertion */
static int list_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
ASSERT_RTNL();
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
list_add_tail(&dev->dev_list, &net->dev_base_head);
hlist_add_head(&dev->name_hlist, dev_name_hash(net, dev->name));
hlist_add_head(&dev->index_hlist, dev_index_hash(net, dev->ifindex));
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
return 0;
}
/* Device list removal */
static void unlist_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
/* Unlink dev from the device chain */
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
list_del(&dev->dev_list);
hlist_del(&dev->name_hlist);
hlist_del(&dev->index_hlist);
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
}
/*
* Our notifier list
*/
static RAW_NOTIFIER_HEAD(netdev_chain);
/*
* Device drivers call our routines to queue packets here. We empty the
* queue in the local softnet handler.
*/
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
DEFINE_PER_CPU(struct softnet_data, softnet_data);
#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
/*
* register_netdevice() inits txq->_xmit_lock and sets lockdep class
* according to dev->type
*/
static const unsigned short netdev_lock_type[] =
{ARPHRD_NETROM, ARPHRD_ETHER, ARPHRD_EETHER, ARPHRD_AX25,
ARPHRD_PRONET, ARPHRD_CHAOS, ARPHRD_IEEE802, ARPHRD_ARCNET,
ARPHRD_APPLETLK, ARPHRD_DLCI, ARPHRD_ATM, ARPHRD_METRICOM,
ARPHRD_IEEE1394, ARPHRD_EUI64, ARPHRD_INFINIBAND, ARPHRD_SLIP,
ARPHRD_CSLIP, ARPHRD_SLIP6, ARPHRD_CSLIP6, ARPHRD_RSRVD,
ARPHRD_ADAPT, ARPHRD_ROSE, ARPHRD_X25, ARPHRD_HWX25,
ARPHRD_PPP, ARPHRD_CISCO, ARPHRD_LAPB, ARPHRD_DDCMP,
ARPHRD_RAWHDLC, ARPHRD_TUNNEL, ARPHRD_TUNNEL6, ARPHRD_FRAD,
ARPHRD_SKIP, ARPHRD_LOOPBACK, ARPHRD_LOCALTLK, ARPHRD_FDDI,
ARPHRD_BIF, ARPHRD_SIT, ARPHRD_IPDDP, ARPHRD_IPGRE,
ARPHRD_PIMREG, ARPHRD_HIPPI, ARPHRD_ASH, ARPHRD_ECONET,
ARPHRD_IRDA, ARPHRD_FCPP, ARPHRD_FCAL, ARPHRD_FCPL,
ARPHRD_FCFABRIC, ARPHRD_IEEE802_TR, ARPHRD_IEEE80211,
ARPHRD_IEEE80211_PRISM, ARPHRD_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP, ARPHRD_PHONET,
ARPHRD_PHONET_PIPE, ARPHRD_VOID, ARPHRD_NONE};
static const char *netdev_lock_name[] =
{"_xmit_NETROM", "_xmit_ETHER", "_xmit_EETHER", "_xmit_AX25",
"_xmit_PRONET", "_xmit_CHAOS", "_xmit_IEEE802", "_xmit_ARCNET",
"_xmit_APPLETLK", "_xmit_DLCI", "_xmit_ATM", "_xmit_METRICOM",
"_xmit_IEEE1394", "_xmit_EUI64", "_xmit_INFINIBAND", "_xmit_SLIP",
"_xmit_CSLIP", "_xmit_SLIP6", "_xmit_CSLIP6", "_xmit_RSRVD",
"_xmit_ADAPT", "_xmit_ROSE", "_xmit_X25", "_xmit_HWX25",
"_xmit_PPP", "_xmit_CISCO", "_xmit_LAPB", "_xmit_DDCMP",
"_xmit_RAWHDLC", "_xmit_TUNNEL", "_xmit_TUNNEL6", "_xmit_FRAD",
"_xmit_SKIP", "_xmit_LOOPBACK", "_xmit_LOCALTLK", "_xmit_FDDI",
"_xmit_BIF", "_xmit_SIT", "_xmit_IPDDP", "_xmit_IPGRE",
"_xmit_PIMREG", "_xmit_HIPPI", "_xmit_ASH", "_xmit_ECONET",
"_xmit_IRDA", "_xmit_FCPP", "_xmit_FCAL", "_xmit_FCPL",
"_xmit_FCFABRIC", "_xmit_IEEE802_TR", "_xmit_IEEE80211",
"_xmit_IEEE80211_PRISM", "_xmit_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP", "_xmit_PHONET",
"_xmit_PHONET_PIPE", "_xmit_VOID", "_xmit_NONE"};
static struct lock_class_key netdev_xmit_lock_key[ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type)];
static struct lock_class_key netdev_addr_lock_key[ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type)];
static inline unsigned short netdev_lock_pos(unsigned short dev_type)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type); i++)
if (netdev_lock_type[i] == dev_type)
return i;
/* the last key is used by default */
return ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type) - 1;
}
static inline void netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(spinlock_t *lock,
unsigned short dev_type)
{
int i;
i = netdev_lock_pos(dev_type);
lockdep_set_class_and_name(lock, &netdev_xmit_lock_key[i],
netdev_lock_name[i]);
}
static inline void netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(struct net_device *dev)
{
int i;
i = netdev_lock_pos(dev->type);
lockdep_set_class_and_name(&dev->addr_list_lock,
&netdev_addr_lock_key[i],
netdev_lock_name[i]);
}
#else
static inline void netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(spinlock_t *lock,
unsigned short dev_type)
{
}
static inline void netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
/*******************************************************************************
Protocol management and registration routines
*******************************************************************************/
/*
* Add a protocol ID to the list. Now that the input handler is
* smarter we can dispense with all the messy stuff that used to be
* here.
*
* BEWARE!!! Protocol handlers, mangling input packets,
* MUST BE last in hash buckets and checking protocol handlers
* MUST start from promiscuous ptype_all chain in net_bh.
* It is true now, do not change it.
* Explanation follows: if protocol handler, mangling packet, will
* be the first on list, it is not able to sense, that packet
* is cloned and should be copied-on-write, so that it will
* change it and subsequent readers will get broken packet.
* --ANK (980803)
*/
/**
* dev_add_pack - add packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Add a protocol handler to the networking stack. The passed &packet_type
* is linked into kernel lists and may not be freed until it has been
* removed from the kernel lists.
*
* This call does not sleep therefore it can not
* guarantee all CPU's that are in middle of receiving packets
* will see the new packet type (until the next received packet).
*/
void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
int hash;
spin_lock_bh(&ptype_lock);
if (pt->type == htons(ETH_P_ALL))
list_add_rcu(&pt->list, &ptype_all);
else {
hash = ntohs(pt->type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK;
list_add_rcu(&pt->list, &ptype_base[hash]);
}
spin_unlock_bh(&ptype_lock);
}
/**
* __dev_remove_pack - remove packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Remove a protocol handler that was previously added to the kernel
* protocol handlers by dev_add_pack(). The passed &packet_type is removed
* from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this function
* returns.
*
* The packet type might still be in use by receivers
* and must not be freed until after all the CPU's have gone
* through a quiescent state.
*/
void __dev_remove_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
struct list_head *head;
struct packet_type *pt1;
spin_lock_bh(&ptype_lock);
if (pt->type == htons(ETH_P_ALL))
head = &ptype_all;
else
head = &ptype_base[ntohs(pt->type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK];
list_for_each_entry(pt1, head, list) {
if (pt == pt1) {
list_del_rcu(&pt->list);
goto out;
}
}
printk(KERN_WARNING "dev_remove_pack: %p not found.\n", pt);
out:
spin_unlock_bh(&ptype_lock);
}
/**
* dev_remove_pack - remove packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Remove a protocol handler that was previously added to the kernel
* protocol handlers by dev_add_pack(). The passed &packet_type is removed
* from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this function
* returns.
*
* This call sleeps to guarantee that no CPU is looking at the packet
* type after return.
*/
void dev_remove_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
__dev_remove_pack(pt);
synchronize_net();
}
/******************************************************************************
Device Boot-time Settings Routines
*******************************************************************************/
/* Boot time configuration table */
static struct netdev_boot_setup dev_boot_setup[NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX];
/**
* netdev_boot_setup_add - add new setup entry
* @name: name of the device
* @map: configured settings for the device
*
* Adds new setup entry to the dev_boot_setup list. The function
* returns 0 on error and 1 on success. This is a generic routine to
* all netdevices.
*/
static int netdev_boot_setup_add(char *name, struct ifmap *map)
{
struct netdev_boot_setup *s;
int i;
s = dev_boot_setup;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++) {
if (s[i].name[0] == '\0' || s[i].name[0] == ' ') {
memset(s[i].name, 0, sizeof(s[i].name));
strlcpy(s[i].name, name, IFNAMSIZ);
memcpy(&s[i].map, map, sizeof(s[i].map));
break;
}
}
return i >= NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX ? 0 : 1;
}
/**
* netdev_boot_setup_check - check boot time settings
* @dev: the netdevice
*
* Check boot time settings for the device.
* The found settings are set for the device to be used
* later in the device probing.
* Returns 0 if no settings found, 1 if they are.
*/
int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_boot_setup *s = dev_boot_setup;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++) {
if (s[i].name[0] != '\0' && s[i].name[0] != ' ' &&
!strcmp(dev->name, s[i].name)) {
dev->irq = s[i].map.irq;
dev->base_addr = s[i].map.base_addr;
dev->mem_start = s[i].map.mem_start;
dev->mem_end = s[i].map.mem_end;
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* netdev_boot_base - get address from boot time settings
* @prefix: prefix for network device
* @unit: id for network device
*
* Check boot time settings for the base address of device.
* The found settings are set for the device to be used
* later in the device probing.
* Returns 0 if no settings found.
*/
unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit)
{
const struct netdev_boot_setup *s = dev_boot_setup;
char name[IFNAMSIZ];
int i;
sprintf(name, "%s%d", prefix, unit);
/*
* If device already registered then return base of 1
* to indicate not to probe for this interface
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (__dev_get_by_name(&init_net, name))
return 1;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++)
if (!strcmp(name, s[i].name))
return s[i].map.base_addr;
return 0;
}
/*
* Saves at boot time configured settings for any netdevice.
*/
int __init netdev_boot_setup(char *str)
{
int ints[5];
struct ifmap map;
str = get_options(str, ARRAY_SIZE(ints), ints);
if (!str || !*str)
return 0;
/* Save settings */
memset(&map, 0, sizeof(map));
if (ints[0] > 0)
map.irq = ints[1];
if (ints[0] > 1)
map.base_addr = ints[2];
if (ints[0] > 2)
map.mem_start = ints[3];
if (ints[0] > 3)
map.mem_end = ints[4];
/* Add new entry to the list */
return netdev_boot_setup_add(str, &map);
}
__setup("netdev=", netdev_boot_setup);
/*******************************************************************************
Device Interface Subroutines
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* __dev_get_by_name - find a device by its name
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name to find
*
* Find an interface by name. Must be called under RTNL semaphore
* or @dev_base_lock. If the name is found a pointer to the device
* is returned. If the name is not found then %NULL is returned. The
* reference counters are not incremented so the caller must be
* careful with locks.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_get_by_name(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct hlist_node *p;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
hlist_for_each(p, dev_name_hash(net, name)) {
struct net_device *dev
= hlist_entry(p, struct net_device, name_hlist);
if (!strncmp(dev->name, name, IFNAMSIZ))
return dev;
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* dev_get_by_name - find a device by its name
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name to find
*
* Find an interface by name. This can be called from any
* context and does its own locking. The returned handle has
* the usage count incremented and the caller must use dev_put() to
* release it when it is no longer needed. %NULL is returned if no
* matching device is found.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_get_by_name(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct net_device *dev;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev = __dev_get_by_name(net, name);
if (dev)
dev_hold(dev);
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
return dev;
}
/**
* __dev_get_by_index - find a device by its ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @ifindex: index of device
*
* Search for an interface by index. Returns %NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device has not
* had its reference counter increased so the caller must be careful
* about locking. The caller must hold either the RTNL semaphore
* or @dev_base_lock.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_get_by_index(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
struct hlist_node *p;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
hlist_for_each(p, dev_index_hash(net, ifindex)) {
struct net_device *dev
= hlist_entry(p, struct net_device, index_hlist);
if (dev->ifindex == ifindex)
return dev;
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* dev_get_by_index - find a device by its ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @ifindex: index of device
*
* Search for an interface by index. Returns NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device returned has
* had a reference added and the pointer is safe until the user calls
* dev_put to indicate they have finished with it.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_get_by_index(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
struct net_device *dev;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (dev)
dev_hold(dev);
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
return dev;
}
/**
* dev_getbyhwaddr - find a device by its hardware address
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @type: media type of device
* @ha: hardware address
*
* Search for an interface by MAC address. Returns NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The caller must hold the
* rtnl semaphore. The returned device has not had its ref count increased
* and the caller must therefore be careful about locking
*
* BUGS:
* If the API was consistent this would be __dev_get_by_hwaddr
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr(struct net *net, unsigned short type, char *ha)
{
struct net_device *dev;
ASSERT_RTNL();
for_each_netdev(net, dev)
if (dev->type == type &&
!memcmp(dev->dev_addr, ha, dev->addr_len))
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_getbyhwaddr);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type)
{
struct net_device *dev;
ASSERT_RTNL();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, dev)
if (dev->type == type)
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_getfirstbyhwtype);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type)
{
struct net_device *dev;
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev = __dev_getfirstbyhwtype(net, type);
if (dev)
dev_hold(dev);
rtnl_unlock();
return dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_getfirstbyhwtype);
/**
* dev_get_by_flags - find any device with given flags
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @if_flags: IFF_* values
* @mask: bitmask of bits in if_flags to check
*
* Search for any interface with the given flags. Returns NULL if a device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device returned has
* had a reference added and the pointer is safe until the user calls
* dev_put to indicate they have finished with it.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device * dev_get_by_flags(struct net *net, unsigned short if_flags, unsigned short mask)
{
struct net_device *dev, *ret;
ret = NULL;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
if (((dev->flags ^ if_flags) & mask) == 0) {
dev_hold(dev);
ret = dev;
break;
}
}
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
return ret;
}
/**
* dev_valid_name - check if name is okay for network device
* @name: name string
*
* Network device names need to be valid file names to
* to allow sysfs to work. We also disallow any kind of
* whitespace.
*/
int dev_valid_name(const char *name)
{
if (*name == '\0')
return 0;
if (strlen(name) >= IFNAMSIZ)
return 0;
if (!strcmp(name, ".") || !strcmp(name, ".."))
return 0;
while (*name) {
if (*name == '/' || isspace(*name))
return 0;
name++;
}
return 1;
}
/**
* __dev_alloc_name - allocate a name for a device
* @net: network namespace to allocate the device name in
* @name: name format string
* @buf: scratch buffer and result name string
*
* Passed a format string - eg "lt%d" it will try and find a suitable
* id. It scans list of devices to build up a free map, then chooses
* the first empty slot. The caller must hold the dev_base or rtnl lock
* while allocating the name and adding the device in order to avoid
* duplicates.
* Limited to bits_per_byte * page size devices (ie 32K on most platforms).
* Returns the number of the unit assigned or a negative errno code.
*/
static int __dev_alloc_name(struct net *net, const char *name, char *buf)
{
int i = 0;
const char *p;
const int max_netdevices = 8*PAGE_SIZE;
unsigned long *inuse;
struct net_device *d;
p = strnchr(name, IFNAMSIZ-1, '%');
if (p) {
/*
* Verify the string as this thing may have come from
* the user. There must be either one "%d" and no other "%"
* characters.
*/
if (p[1] != 'd' || strchr(p + 2, '%'))
return -EINVAL;
/* Use one page as a bit array of possible slots */
inuse = (unsigned long *) get_zeroed_page(GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!inuse)
return -ENOMEM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, d) {
if (!sscanf(d->name, name, &i))
continue;
if (i < 0 || i >= max_netdevices)
continue;
/* avoid cases where sscanf is not exact inverse of printf */
snprintf(buf, IFNAMSIZ, name, i);
if (!strncmp(buf, d->name, IFNAMSIZ))
set_bit(i, inuse);
}
i = find_first_zero_bit(inuse, max_netdevices);
free_page((unsigned long) inuse);
}
snprintf(buf, IFNAMSIZ, name, i);
if (!__dev_get_by_name(net, buf))
return i;
/* It is possible to run out of possible slots
* when the name is long and there isn't enough space left
* for the digits, or if all bits are used.
*/
return -ENFILE;
}
/**
* dev_alloc_name - allocate a name for a device
* @dev: device
* @name: name format string
*
* Passed a format string - eg "lt%d" it will try and find a suitable
* id. It scans list of devices to build up a free map, then chooses
* the first empty slot. The caller must hold the dev_base or rtnl lock
* while allocating the name and adding the device in order to avoid
* duplicates.
* Limited to bits_per_byte * page size devices (ie 32K on most platforms).
* Returns the number of the unit assigned or a negative errno code.
*/
int dev_alloc_name(struct net_device *dev, const char *name)
{
char buf[IFNAMSIZ];
struct net *net;
int ret;
BUG_ON(!dev_net(dev));
net = dev_net(dev);
ret = __dev_alloc_name(net, name, buf);
if (ret >= 0)
strlcpy(dev->name, buf, IFNAMSIZ);
return ret;
}
/**
* dev_change_name - change name of a device
* @dev: device
* @newname: name (or format string) must be at least IFNAMSIZ
*
* Change name of a device, can pass format strings "eth%d".
* for wildcarding.
*/
int dev_change_name(struct net_device *dev, const char *newname)
{
char oldname[IFNAMSIZ];
int err = 0;
int ret;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net *net;
ASSERT_RTNL();
BUG_ON(!dev_net(dev));
net = dev_net(dev);
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
return -EBUSY;
if (!dev_valid_name(newname))
return -EINVAL;
if (strncmp(newname, dev->name, IFNAMSIZ) == 0)
return 0;
memcpy(oldname, dev->name, IFNAMSIZ);
if (strchr(newname, '%')) {
err = dev_alloc_name(dev, newname);
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
else if (__dev_get_by_name(net, newname))
return -EEXIST;
else
strlcpy(dev->name, newname, IFNAMSIZ);
rollback:
/* For now only devices in the initial network namespace
* are in sysfs.
*/
if (net == &init_net) {
ret = device_rename(&dev->dev, dev->name);
if (ret) {
memcpy(dev->name, oldname, IFNAMSIZ);
return ret;
}
}
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
hlist_del(&dev->name_hlist);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
hlist_add_head(&dev->name_hlist, dev_name_hash(net, dev->name));
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGENAME, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
if (ret) {
if (err) {
printk(KERN_ERR
"%s: name change rollback failed: %d.\n",
dev->name, ret);
} else {
err = ret;
memcpy(dev->name, oldname, IFNAMSIZ);
goto rollback;
}
}
return err;
}
/**
* dev_set_alias - change ifalias of a device
* @dev: device
* @alias: name up to IFALIASZ
* @len: limit of bytes to copy from info
*
* Set ifalias for a device,
*/
int dev_set_alias(struct net_device *dev, const char *alias, size_t len)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (len >= IFALIASZ)
return -EINVAL;
if (!len) {
if (dev->ifalias) {
kfree(dev->ifalias);
dev->ifalias = NULL;
}
return 0;
}
dev->ifalias = krealloc(dev->ifalias, len+1, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!dev->ifalias)
return -ENOMEM;
strlcpy(dev->ifalias, alias, len+1);
return len;
}
/**
* netdev_features_change - device changes features
* @dev: device to cause notification
*
* Called to indicate a device has changed features.
*/
void netdev_features_change(struct net_device *dev)
{
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE, dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_features_change);
/**
* netdev_state_change - device changes state
* @dev: device to cause notification
*
* Called to indicate a device has changed state. This function calls
* the notifier chains for netdev_chain and sends a NEWLINK message
* to the routing socket.
*/
void netdev_state_change(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGE, dev);
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, 0);
}
}
void netdev_bonding_change(struct net_device *dev)
{
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_BONDING_FAILOVER, dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_bonding_change);
/**
* dev_load - load a network module
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name of interface
*
* If a network interface is not present and the process has suitable
* privileges this function loads the module. If module loading is not
* available in this kernel then it becomes a nop.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
void dev_load(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct net_device *dev;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev = __dev_get_by_name(net, name);
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
if (!dev && capable(CAP_SYS_MODULE))
request_module("%s", name);
}
/**
* dev_open - prepare an interface for use.
* @dev: device to open
*
* Takes a device from down to up state. The device's private open
* function is invoked and then the multicast lists are loaded. Finally
* the device is moved into the up state and a %NETDEV_UP message is
* sent to the netdev notifier chain.
*
* Calling this function on an active interface is a nop. On a failure
* a negative errno code is returned.
*/
int dev_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int ret = 0;
ASSERT_RTNL();
/*
* Is it already up?
*/
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
return 0;
/*
* Is it even present?
*/
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
/*
* Call device private open method
*/
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
if (ops->ndo_validate_addr)
ret = ops->ndo_validate_addr(dev);
if (!ret && ops->ndo_open)
ret = ops->ndo_open(dev);
/*
* If it went open OK then:
*/
if (ret)
clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
else {
/*
* Set the flags.
*/
dev->flags |= IFF_UP;
/*
* Enable NET_DMA
*/
net_dmaengine_get();
/*
* Initialize multicasting status
*/
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
/*
* Wakeup transmit queue engine
*/
dev_activate(dev);
/*
* ... and announce new interface.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UP, dev);
}
return ret;
}
/**
* dev_close - shutdown an interface.
* @dev: device to shutdown
*
* This function moves an active device into down state. A
* %NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is sent to the netdev notifier chain. The device
* is then deactivated and finally a %NETDEV_DOWN is sent to the notifier
* chain.
*/
int dev_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
ASSERT_RTNL();
might_sleep();
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
return 0;
/*
* Tell people we are going down, so that they can
* prepare to death, when device is still operating.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_GOING_DOWN, dev);
clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
/* Synchronize to scheduled poll. We cannot touch poll list,
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
* it can be even on different cpu. So just clear netif_running().
*
* dev->stop() will invoke napi_disable() on all of it's
* napi_struct instances on this device.
*/
smp_mb__after_clear_bit(); /* Commit netif_running(). */
dev_deactivate(dev);
/*
* Call the device specific close. This cannot fail.
* Only if device is UP
*
* We allow it to be called even after a DETACH hot-plug
* event.
*/
if (ops->ndo_stop)
ops->ndo_stop(dev);
/*
* Device is now down.
*/
dev->flags &= ~IFF_UP;
/*
* Tell people we are down
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
/*
* Shutdown NET_DMA
*/
net_dmaengine_put();
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_disable_lro - disable Large Receive Offload on a device
* @dev: device
*
* Disable Large Receive Offload (LRO) on a net device. Must be
* called under RTNL. This is needed if received packets may be
* forwarded to another interface.
*/
void dev_disable_lro(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (dev->ethtool_ops && dev->ethtool_ops->get_flags &&
dev->ethtool_ops->set_flags) {
u32 flags = dev->ethtool_ops->get_flags(dev);
if (flags & ETH_FLAG_LRO) {
flags &= ~ETH_FLAG_LRO;
dev->ethtool_ops->set_flags(dev, flags);
}
}
WARN_ON(dev->features & NETIF_F_LRO);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_disable_lro);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_boot_phase = 1;
/*
* Device change register/unregister. These are not inline or static
* as we export them to the world.
*/
/**
* register_netdevice_notifier - register a network notifier block
* @nb: notifier
*
* Register a notifier to be called when network device events occur.
* The notifier passed is linked into the kernel structures and must
* not be reused until it has been unregistered. A negative errno code
* is returned on a failure.
*
* When registered all registration and up events are replayed
* to the new notifier to allow device to have a race free
* view of the network device list.
*/
int register_netdevice_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct net_device *last;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net *net;
int err;
rtnl_lock();
err = raw_notifier_chain_register(&netdev_chain, nb);
if (err)
goto unlock;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (dev_boot_phase)
goto unlock;
for_each_net(net) {
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
err = nb->notifier_call(nb, NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
err = notifier_to_errno(err);
if (err)
goto rollback;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
continue;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
nb->notifier_call(nb, NETDEV_UP, dev);
}
}
unlock:
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
rollback:
last = dev;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_net(net) {
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
if (dev == last)
break;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
nb->notifier_call(nb, NETDEV_GOING_DOWN, dev);
nb->notifier_call(nb, NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
}
nb->notifier_call(nb, NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
}
}
raw_notifier_chain_unregister(&netdev_chain, nb);
goto unlock;
}
/**
* unregister_netdevice_notifier - unregister a network notifier block
* @nb: notifier
*
* Unregister a notifier previously registered by
* register_netdevice_notifier(). The notifier is unlinked into the
* kernel structures and may then be reused. A negative errno code
* is returned on a failure.
*/
int unregister_netdevice_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb)
{
int err;
rtnl_lock();
err = raw_notifier_chain_unregister(&netdev_chain, nb);
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
/**
* call_netdevice_notifiers - call all network notifier blocks
* @val: value passed unmodified to notifier function
* @dev: net_device pointer passed unmodified to notifier function
*
* Call all network notifier blocks. Parameters and return value
* are as for raw_notifier_call_chain().
*/
int call_netdevice_notifiers(unsigned long val, struct net_device *dev)
{
return raw_notifier_call_chain(&netdev_chain, val, dev);
}
/* When > 0 there are consumers of rx skb time stamps */
static atomic_t netstamp_needed = ATOMIC_INIT(0);
void net_enable_timestamp(void)
{
atomic_inc(&netstamp_needed);
}
void net_disable_timestamp(void)
{
atomic_dec(&netstamp_needed);
}
static inline void net_timestamp(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (atomic_read(&netstamp_needed))
__net_timestamp(skb);
else
skb->tstamp.tv64 = 0;
}
/*
* Support routine. Sends outgoing frames to any network
* taps currently in use.
*/
static void dev_queue_xmit_nit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct packet_type *ptype;
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
if (!(skb->tstamp.tv64 && (G_TC_FROM(skb->tc_verd) & AT_INGRESS)))
net_timestamp(skb);
#else
net_timestamp(skb);
#endif
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &ptype_all, list) {
/* Never send packets back to the socket
* they originated from - MvS (miquels@drinkel.ow.org)
*/
if ((ptype->dev == dev || !ptype->dev) &&
(ptype->af_packet_priv == NULL ||
(struct sock *)ptype->af_packet_priv != skb->sk)) {
struct sk_buff *skb2= skb_clone(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!skb2)
break;
/* skb->nh should be correctly
set by sender, so that the second statement is
just protection against buggy protocols.
*/
skb_reset_mac_header(skb2);
if (skb_network_header(skb2) < skb2->data ||
skb2->network_header > skb2->tail) {
if (net_ratelimit())
printk(KERN_CRIT "protocol %04x is "
"buggy, dev %s\n",
skb2->protocol, dev->name);
skb_reset_network_header(skb2);
}
skb2->transport_header = skb2->network_header;
skb2->pkt_type = PACKET_OUTGOING;
ptype->func(skb2, skb->dev, ptype, skb->dev);
}
}
rcu_read_unlock();
}
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
static inline void __netif_reschedule(struct Qdisc *q)
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
{
struct softnet_data *sd;
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
q->next_sched = sd->output_queue;
sd->output_queue = q;
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
void __netif_schedule(struct Qdisc *q)
{
if (!test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED, &q->state))
__netif_reschedule(q);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__netif_schedule);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
void dev_kfree_skb_irq(struct sk_buff *skb)
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
{
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&skb->users)) {
struct softnet_data *sd;
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
skb->next = sd->completion_queue;
sd->completion_queue = skb;
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_kfree_skb_irq);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void dev_kfree_skb_any(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (in_irq() || irqs_disabled())
dev_kfree_skb_irq(skb);
else
dev_kfree_skb(skb);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_kfree_skb_any);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* netif_device_detach - mark device as removed
* @dev: network device
*
* Mark device as removed from system and therefore no longer available.
*/
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void netif_device_detach(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state) &&
netif_running(dev)) {
netif_tx_stop_all_queues(dev);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_device_detach);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* netif_device_attach - mark device as attached
* @dev: network device
*
* Mark device as attached from system and restart if needed.
*/
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void netif_device_attach(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state) &&
netif_running(dev)) {
netif_tx_wake_all_queues(dev);
__netdev_watchdog_up(dev);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_device_attach);
static bool can_checksum_protocol(unsigned long features, __be16 protocol)
{
return ((features & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM) ||
((features & NETIF_F_IP_CSUM) &&
protocol == htons(ETH_P_IP)) ||
((features & NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM) &&
protocol == htons(ETH_P_IPV6)) ||
((features & NETIF_F_FCOE_CRC) &&
protocol == htons(ETH_P_FCOE)));
}
static bool dev_can_checksum(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (can_checksum_protocol(dev->features, skb->protocol))
return true;
if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q)) {
struct vlan_ethhdr *veh = (struct vlan_ethhdr *)skb->data;
if (can_checksum_protocol(dev->features & dev->vlan_features,
veh->h_vlan_encapsulated_proto))
return true;
}
return false;
}
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
/*
* Invalidate hardware checksum when packet is to be mangled, and
* complete checksum manually on outgoing path.
*/
int skb_checksum_help(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__wsum csum;
int ret = 0, offset;
if (skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_COMPLETE)
goto out_set_summed;
if (unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size)) {
/* Let GSO fix up the checksum. */
goto out_set_summed;
}
offset = skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb);
BUG_ON(offset >= skb_headlen(skb));
csum = skb_checksum(skb, offset, skb->len - offset, 0);
offset += skb->csum_offset;
BUG_ON(offset + sizeof(__sum16) > skb_headlen(skb));
if (skb_cloned(skb) &&
!skb_clone_writable(skb, offset + sizeof(__sum16))) {
ret = pskb_expand_head(skb, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (ret)
goto out;
}
*(__sum16 *)(skb->data + offset) = csum_fold(csum);
out_set_summed:
skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE;
out:
return ret;
}
/**
* skb_gso_segment - Perform segmentation on skb.
* @skb: buffer to segment
* @features: features for the output path (see dev->features)
*
* This function segments the given skb and returns a list of segments.
*
* It may return NULL if the skb requires no segmentation. This is
* only possible when GSO is used for verifying header integrity.
*/
struct sk_buff *skb_gso_segment(struct sk_buff *skb, int features)
{
struct sk_buff *segs = ERR_PTR(-EPROTONOSUPPORT);
struct packet_type *ptype;
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
int err;
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
skb->mac_len = skb->network_header - skb->mac_header;
__skb_pull(skb, skb->mac_len);
if (unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)) {
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct ethtool_drvinfo info = {};
if (dev && dev->ethtool_ops && dev->ethtool_ops->get_drvinfo)
dev->ethtool_ops->get_drvinfo(dev, &info);
WARN(1, "%s: caps=(0x%lx, 0x%lx) len=%d data_len=%d "
"ip_summed=%d",
info.driver, dev ? dev->features : 0L,
skb->sk ? skb->sk->sk_route_caps : 0L,
skb->len, skb->data_len, skb->ip_summed);
if (skb_header_cloned(skb) &&
(err = pskb_expand_head(skb, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC)))
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype,
&ptype_base[ntohs(type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK], list) {
if (ptype->type == type && !ptype->dev && ptype->gso_segment) {
if (unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)) {
err = ptype->gso_send_check(skb);
segs = ERR_PTR(err);
if (err || skb_gso_ok(skb, features))
break;
__skb_push(skb, (skb->data -
skb_network_header(skb)));
}
segs = ptype->gso_segment(skb, features);
break;
}
}
rcu_read_unlock();
__skb_push(skb, skb->data - skb_mac_header(skb));
return segs;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_gso_segment);
/* Take action when hardware reception checksum errors are detected. */
#ifdef CONFIG_BUG
void netdev_rx_csum_fault(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (net_ratelimit()) {
printk(KERN_ERR "%s: hw csum failure.\n",
dev ? dev->name : "<unknown>");
dump_stack();
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_rx_csum_fault);
#endif
/* Actually, we should eliminate this check as soon as we know, that:
* 1. IOMMU is present and allows to map all the memory.
* 2. No high memory really exists on this machine.
*/
static inline int illegal_highdma(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_HIGHMEM
int i;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_HIGHDMA)
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags; i++)
if (PageHighMem(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[i].page))
return 1;
#endif
return 0;
}
struct dev_gso_cb {
void (*destructor)(struct sk_buff *skb);
};
#define DEV_GSO_CB(skb) ((struct dev_gso_cb *)(skb)->cb)
static void dev_gso_skb_destructor(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct dev_gso_cb *cb;
do {
struct sk_buff *nskb = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
kfree_skb(nskb);
} while (skb->next);
cb = DEV_GSO_CB(skb);
if (cb->destructor)
cb->destructor(skb);
}
/**
* dev_gso_segment - Perform emulated hardware segmentation on skb.
* @skb: buffer to segment
*
* This function segments the given skb and stores the list of segments
* in skb->next.
*/
static int dev_gso_segment(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct sk_buff *segs;
int features = dev->features & ~(illegal_highdma(dev, skb) ?
NETIF_F_SG : 0);
segs = skb_gso_segment(skb, features);
/* Verifying header integrity only. */
if (!segs)
return 0;
if (IS_ERR(segs))
return PTR_ERR(segs);
skb->next = segs;
DEV_GSO_CB(skb)->destructor = skb->destructor;
skb->destructor = dev_gso_skb_destructor;
return 0;
}
int dev_hard_start_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int rc;
if (likely(!skb->next)) {
if (!list_empty(&ptype_all))
dev_queue_xmit_nit(skb, dev);
if (netif_needs_gso(dev, skb)) {
if (unlikely(dev_gso_segment(skb)))
goto out_kfree_skb;
if (skb->next)
goto gso;
}
rc = ops->ndo_start_xmit(skb, dev);
/*
* TODO: if skb_orphan() was called by
* dev->hard_start_xmit() (for example, the unmodified
* igb driver does that; bnx2 doesn't), then
* skb_tx_software_timestamp() will be unable to send
* back the time stamp.
*
* How can this be prevented? Always create another
* reference to the socket before calling
* dev->hard_start_xmit()? Prevent that skb_orphan()
* does anything in dev->hard_start_xmit() by clearing
* the skb destructor before the call and restoring it
* afterwards, then doing the skb_orphan() ourselves?
*/
return rc;
}
gso:
do {
struct sk_buff *nskb = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
rc = ops->ndo_start_xmit(nskb, dev);
if (unlikely(rc)) {
nskb->next = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb;
return rc;
}
if (unlikely(netif_tx_queue_stopped(txq) && skb->next))
return NETDEV_TX_BUSY;
} while (skb->next);
skb->destructor = DEV_GSO_CB(skb)->destructor;
out_kfree_skb:
kfree_skb(skb);
return 0;
}
static u32 skb_tx_hashrnd;
u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, const struct sk_buff *skb)
{
u32 hash;
if (skb_rx_queue_recorded(skb)) {
hash = skb_get_rx_queue(skb);
} else if (skb->sk && skb->sk->sk_hash) {
hash = skb->sk->sk_hash;
} else
hash = skb->protocol;
hash = jhash_1word(hash, skb_tx_hashrnd);
return (u16) (((u64) hash * dev->real_num_tx_queues) >> 32);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_tx_hash);
static struct netdev_queue *dev_pick_tx(struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
u16 queue_index = 0;
if (ops->ndo_select_queue)
queue_index = ops->ndo_select_queue(dev, skb);
else if (dev->real_num_tx_queues > 1)
queue_index = skb_tx_hash(dev, skb);
skb_set_queue_mapping(skb, queue_index);
return netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, queue_index);
}
/**
* dev_queue_xmit - transmit a buffer
* @skb: buffer to transmit
*
* Queue a buffer for transmission to a network device. The caller must
* have set the device and priority and built the buffer before calling
* this function. The function can be called from an interrupt.
*
* A negative errno code is returned on a failure. A success does not
* guarantee the frame will be transmitted as it may be dropped due
* to congestion or traffic shaping.
*
* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* I notice this method can also return errors from the queue disciplines,
* including NET_XMIT_DROP, which is a positive value. So, errors can also
* be positive.
*
* Regardless of the return value, the skb is consumed, so it is currently
* difficult to retry a send to this method. (You can bump the ref count
* before sending to hold a reference for retry if you are careful.)
*
* When calling this method, interrupts MUST be enabled. This is because
* the BH enable code must have IRQs enabled so that it will not deadlock.
* --BLG
*/
int dev_queue_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct netdev_queue *txq;
struct Qdisc *q;
int rc = -ENOMEM;
/* GSO will handle the following emulations directly. */
if (netif_needs_gso(dev, skb))
goto gso;
if (skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list &&
!(dev->features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST) &&
__skb_linearize(skb))
goto out_kfree_skb;
/* Fragmented skb is linearized if device does not support SG,
* or if at least one of fragments is in highmem and device
* does not support DMA from it.
*/
if (skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags &&
(!(dev->features & NETIF_F_SG) || illegal_highdma(dev, skb)) &&
__skb_linearize(skb))
goto out_kfree_skb;
/* If packet is not checksummed and device does not support
* checksumming for this protocol, complete checksumming here.
*/
if (skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_PARTIAL) {
skb_set_transport_header(skb, skb->csum_start -
skb_headroom(skb));
if (!dev_can_checksum(dev, skb) && skb_checksum_help(skb))
goto out_kfree_skb;
}
gso:
/* Disable soft irqs for various locks below. Also
* stops preemption for RCU.
*/
rcu_read_lock_bh();
txq = dev_pick_tx(dev, skb);
q = rcu_dereference(txq->qdisc);
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_AT(skb->tc_verd,AT_EGRESS);
#endif
if (q->enqueue) {
spinlock_t *root_lock = qdisc_lock(q);
spin_lock(root_lock);
if (unlikely(test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED, &q->state))) {
kfree_skb(skb);
rc = NET_XMIT_DROP;
} else {
rc = qdisc_enqueue_root(skb, q);
qdisc_run(q);
}
spin_unlock(root_lock);
goto out;
}
/* The device has no queue. Common case for software devices:
loopback, all the sorts of tunnels...
[NET]: Add netif_tx_lock Various drivers use xmit_lock internally to synchronise with their transmission routines. They do so without setting xmit_lock_owner. This is fine as long as netpoll is not in use. With netpoll it is possible for deadlocks to occur if xmit_lock_owner isn't set. This is because if a printk occurs while xmit_lock is held and xmit_lock_owner is not set can cause netpoll to attempt to take xmit_lock recursively. While it is possible to resolve this by getting netpoll to use trylock, it is suboptimal because netpoll's sole objective is to maximise the chance of getting the printk out on the wire. So delaying or dropping the message is to be avoided as much as possible. So the only alternative is to always set xmit_lock_owner. The following patch does this by introducing the netif_tx_lock family of functions that take care of setting/unsetting xmit_lock_owner. I renamed xmit_lock to _xmit_lock to indicate that it should not be used directly. I didn't provide irq versions of the netif_tx_lock functions since xmit_lock is meant to be a BH-disabling lock. This is pretty much a straight text substitution except for a small bug fix in winbond. It currently uses netif_stop_queue/spin_unlock_wait to stop transmission. This is unsafe as an IRQ can potentially wake up the queue. So it is safer to use netif_tx_disable. The hamradio bits used spin_lock_irq but it is unnecessary as xmit_lock must never be taken in an IRQ handler. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-06-10 03:20:56 +08:00
Really, it is unlikely that netif_tx_lock protection is necessary
here. (f.e. loopback and IP tunnels are clean ignoring statistics
counters.)
However, it is possible, that they rely on protection
made by us here.
Check this and shot the lock. It is not prone from deadlocks.
Either shot noqueue qdisc, it is even simpler 8)
*/
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
int cpu = smp_processor_id(); /* ok because BHs are off */
if (txq->xmit_lock_owner != cpu) {
HARD_TX_LOCK(dev, txq, cpu);
if (!netif_tx_queue_stopped(txq)) {
rc = 0;
if (!dev_hard_start_xmit(skb, dev, txq)) {
HARD_TX_UNLOCK(dev, txq);
goto out;
}
}
HARD_TX_UNLOCK(dev, txq);
if (net_ratelimit())
printk(KERN_CRIT "Virtual device %s asks to "
"queue packet!\n", dev->name);
} else {
/* Recursion is detected! It is possible,
* unfortunately */
if (net_ratelimit())
printk(KERN_CRIT "Dead loop on virtual device "
"%s, fix it urgently!\n", dev->name);
}
}
rc = -ENETDOWN;
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
out_kfree_skb:
kfree_skb(skb);
return rc;
out:
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
return rc;
}
/*=======================================================================
Receiver routines
=======================================================================*/
int netdev_max_backlog __read_mostly = 1000;
int netdev_budget __read_mostly = 300;
int weight_p __read_mostly = 64; /* old backlog weight */
DEFINE_PER_CPU(struct netif_rx_stats, netdev_rx_stat) = { 0, };
/**
* netif_rx - post buffer to the network code
* @skb: buffer to post
*
* This function receives a packet from a device driver and queues it for
* the upper (protocol) levels to process. It always succeeds. The buffer
* may be dropped during processing for congestion control or by the
* protocol layers.
*
* return values:
* NET_RX_SUCCESS (no congestion)
* NET_RX_DROP (packet was dropped)
*
*/
int netif_rx(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct softnet_data *queue;
unsigned long flags;
/* if netpoll wants it, pretend we never saw it */
if (netpoll_rx(skb))
return NET_RX_DROP;
if (!skb->tstamp.tv64)
net_timestamp(skb);
/*
* The code is rearranged so that the path is the most
* short when CPU is congested, but is still operating.
*/
local_irq_save(flags);
queue = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
__get_cpu_var(netdev_rx_stat).total++;
if (queue->input_pkt_queue.qlen <= netdev_max_backlog) {
if (queue->input_pkt_queue.qlen) {
enqueue:
__skb_queue_tail(&queue->input_pkt_queue, skb);
local_irq_restore(flags);
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
napi_schedule(&queue->backlog);
goto enqueue;
}
__get_cpu_var(netdev_rx_stat).dropped++;
local_irq_restore(flags);
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
int netif_rx_ni(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
int err;
preempt_disable();
err = netif_rx(skb);
if (local_softirq_pending())
do_softirq();
preempt_enable();
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_rx_ni);
static void net_tx_action(struct softirq_action *h)
{
struct softnet_data *sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
if (sd->completion_queue) {
struct sk_buff *clist;
local_irq_disable();
clist = sd->completion_queue;
sd->completion_queue = NULL;
local_irq_enable();
while (clist) {
struct sk_buff *skb = clist;
clist = clist->next;
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&skb->users));
__kfree_skb(skb);
}
}
if (sd->output_queue) {
struct Qdisc *head;
local_irq_disable();
head = sd->output_queue;
sd->output_queue = NULL;
local_irq_enable();
while (head) {
struct Qdisc *q = head;
spinlock_t *root_lock;
head = head->next_sched;
root_lock = qdisc_lock(q);
if (spin_trylock(root_lock)) {
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state);
qdisc_run(q);
spin_unlock(root_lock);
} else {
if (!test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED,
&q->state)) {
__netif_reschedule(q);
} else {
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state);
}
}
}
}
}
static inline int deliver_skb(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type *pt_prev,
struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
atomic_inc(&skb->users);
return pt_prev->func(skb, skb->dev, pt_prev, orig_dev);
}
#if defined(CONFIG_BRIDGE) || defined (CONFIG_BRIDGE_MODULE)
/* These hooks defined here for ATM */
struct net_bridge;
struct net_bridge_fdb_entry *(*br_fdb_get_hook)(struct net_bridge *br,
unsigned char *addr);
void (*br_fdb_put_hook)(struct net_bridge_fdb_entry *ent) __read_mostly;
/*
* If bridge module is loaded call bridging hook.
* returns NULL if packet was consumed.
*/
struct sk_buff *(*br_handle_frame_hook)(struct net_bridge_port *p,
struct sk_buff *skb) __read_mostly;
static inline struct sk_buff *handle_bridge(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type **pt_prev, int *ret,
struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
struct net_bridge_port *port;
if (skb->pkt_type == PACKET_LOOPBACK ||
(port = rcu_dereference(skb->dev->br_port)) == NULL)
return skb;
if (*pt_prev) {
*ret = deliver_skb(skb, *pt_prev, orig_dev);
*pt_prev = NULL;
}
return br_handle_frame_hook(port, skb);
}
#else
#define handle_bridge(skb, pt_prev, ret, orig_dev) (skb)
#endif
#if defined(CONFIG_MACVLAN) || defined(CONFIG_MACVLAN_MODULE)
struct sk_buff *(*macvlan_handle_frame_hook)(struct sk_buff *skb) __read_mostly;
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(macvlan_handle_frame_hook);
static inline struct sk_buff *handle_macvlan(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type **pt_prev,
int *ret,
struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
if (skb->dev->macvlan_port == NULL)
return skb;
if (*pt_prev) {
*ret = deliver_skb(skb, *pt_prev, orig_dev);
*pt_prev = NULL;
}
return macvlan_handle_frame_hook(skb);
}
#else
#define handle_macvlan(skb, pt_prev, ret, orig_dev) (skb)
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
/* TODO: Maybe we should just force sch_ingress to be compiled in
* when CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is? otherwise some useless instructions
* a compare and 2 stores extra right now if we dont have it on
* but have CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
* NOTE: This doesnt stop any functionality; if you dont have
* the ingress scheduler, you just cant add policies on ingress.
*
*/
static int ing_filter(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
u32 ttl = G_TC_RTTL(skb->tc_verd);
struct netdev_queue *rxq;
int result = TC_ACT_OK;
struct Qdisc *q;
if (MAX_RED_LOOP < ttl++) {
printk(KERN_WARNING
"Redir loop detected Dropping packet (%d->%d)\n",
skb->iif, dev->ifindex);
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_RTTL(skb->tc_verd, ttl);
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_AT(skb->tc_verd, AT_INGRESS);
rxq = &dev->rx_queue;
q = rxq->qdisc;
if (q != &noop_qdisc) {
spin_lock(qdisc_lock(q));
if (likely(!test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED, &q->state)))
result = qdisc_enqueue_root(skb, q);
spin_unlock(qdisc_lock(q));
}
return result;
}
static inline struct sk_buff *handle_ing(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type **pt_prev,
int *ret, struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
if (skb->dev->rx_queue.qdisc == &noop_qdisc)
goto out;
if (*pt_prev) {
*ret = deliver_skb(skb, *pt_prev, orig_dev);
*pt_prev = NULL;
} else {
/* Huh? Why does turning on AF_PACKET affect this? */
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_OK2MUNGE(skb->tc_verd);
}
switch (ing_filter(skb)) {
case TC_ACT_SHOT:
case TC_ACT_STOLEN:
kfree_skb(skb);
return NULL;
}
out:
skb->tc_verd = 0;
return skb;
}
#endif
/*
* netif_nit_deliver - deliver received packets to network taps
* @skb: buffer
*
* This function is used to deliver incoming packets to network
* taps. It should be used when the normal netif_receive_skb path
* is bypassed, for example because of VLAN acceleration.
*/
void netif_nit_deliver(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct packet_type *ptype;
if (list_empty(&ptype_all))
return;
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
skb_reset_transport_header(skb);
skb->mac_len = skb->network_header - skb->mac_header;
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &ptype_all, list) {
if (!ptype->dev || ptype->dev == skb->dev)
deliver_skb(skb, ptype, skb->dev);
}
rcu_read_unlock();
}
/**
* netif_receive_skb - process receive buffer from network
* @skb: buffer to process
*
* netif_receive_skb() is the main receive data processing function.
* It always succeeds. The buffer may be dropped during processing
* for congestion control or by the protocol layers.
*
* This function may only be called from softirq context and interrupts
* should be enabled.
*
* Return values (usually ignored):
* NET_RX_SUCCESS: no congestion
* NET_RX_DROP: packet was dropped
*/
int netif_receive_skb(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct packet_type *ptype, *pt_prev;
struct net_device *orig_dev;
struct net_device *null_or_orig;
int ret = NET_RX_DROP;
__be16 type;
if (skb->vlan_tci && vlan_hwaccel_do_receive(skb))
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
/* if we've gotten here through NAPI, check netpoll */
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
if (netpoll_receive_skb(skb))
return NET_RX_DROP;
if (!skb->tstamp.tv64)
net_timestamp(skb);
if (!skb->iif)
skb->iif = skb->dev->ifindex;
null_or_orig = NULL;
orig_dev = skb->dev;
if (orig_dev->master) {
if (skb_bond_should_drop(skb))
null_or_orig = orig_dev; /* deliver only exact match */
else
skb->dev = orig_dev->master;
}
__get_cpu_var(netdev_rx_stat).total++;
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
skb_reset_transport_header(skb);
skb->mac_len = skb->network_header - skb->mac_header;
pt_prev = NULL;
rcu_read_lock();
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
if (skb->tc_verd & TC_NCLS) {
skb->tc_verd = CLR_TC_NCLS(skb->tc_verd);
goto ncls;
}
#endif
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &ptype_all, list) {
if (ptype->dev == null_or_orig || ptype->dev == skb->dev ||
ptype->dev == orig_dev) {
if (pt_prev)
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = ptype;
}
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
skb = handle_ing(skb, &pt_prev, &ret, orig_dev);
if (!skb)
goto out;
ncls:
#endif
skb = handle_bridge(skb, &pt_prev, &ret, orig_dev);
if (!skb)
goto out;
skb = handle_macvlan(skb, &pt_prev, &ret, orig_dev);
if (!skb)
goto out;
net: Partially allow skb destructors to be used on receive path As it currently stands, skb destructors are forbidden on the receive path because the protocol end-points will overwrite any existing destructor with their own. This is the reason why we have to call skb_orphan in the loopback driver before we reinject the packet back into the stack, thus creating a period during which loopback traffic isn't charged to any socket. With virtualisation, we have a similar problem in that traffic is reinjected into the stack without being associated with any socket entity, thus providing no natural congestion push-back for those poor folks still stuck with UDP. Now had we been consistent in telling them that UDP simply has no congestion feedback, I could just fob them off. Unfortunately, we appear to have gone to some length in catering for this on the standard UDP path, with skb/socket accounting so that has created a very unhealthy dependency. Alas habits are difficult to break out of, so we may just have to allow skb destructors on the receive path. It turns out that making skb destructors useable on the receive path isn't as easy as it seems. For instance, simply adding skb_orphan to skb_set_owner_r isn't enough. This is because we assume all over the IP stack that skb->sk is an IP socket if present. The new transparent proxy code goes one step further and assumes that skb->sk is the receiving socket if present. Now all of this can be dealt with by adding simple checks such as only treating skb->sk as an IP socket if skb->sk->sk_family matches. However, it turns out that for bridging at least we don't need to do all of this work. This is of interest because most virtualisation setups use bridging so we don't actually go through the IP stack on the host (with the exception of our old nemesis the bridge netfilter, but that's easily taken care of). So this patch simply adds skb_orphan to the point just before we enter the IP stack, but after we've gone through the bridge on the receive path. It also adds an skb_orphan to the one place in netfilter that touches skb->sk/skb->destructor, that is, tproxy. One word of caution, because of the internal code structure, anyone wishing to deploy this must use skb_set_owner_w as opposed to skb_set_owner_r since many functions that create a new skb from an existing one will invoke skb_set_owner_w on the new skb. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-05 08:55:27 +08:00
skb_orphan(skb);
type = skb->protocol;
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype,
&ptype_base[ntohs(type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK], list) {
if (ptype->type == type &&
(ptype->dev == null_or_orig || ptype->dev == skb->dev ||
ptype->dev == orig_dev)) {
if (pt_prev)
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = ptype;
}
}
if (pt_prev) {
ret = pt_prev->func(skb, skb->dev, pt_prev, orig_dev);
} else {
kfree_skb(skb);
/* Jamal, now you will not able to escape explaining
* me how you were going to use this. :-)
*/
ret = NET_RX_DROP;
}
out:
rcu_read_unlock();
return ret;
}
/* Network device is going away, flush any packets still pending */
static void flush_backlog(void *arg)
{
struct net_device *dev = arg;
struct softnet_data *queue = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
struct sk_buff *skb, *tmp;
skb_queue_walk_safe(&queue->input_pkt_queue, skb, tmp)
if (skb->dev == dev) {
__skb_unlink(skb, &queue->input_pkt_queue);
kfree_skb(skb);
}
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
static int napi_gro_complete(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct packet_type *ptype;
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
struct list_head *head = &ptype_base[ntohs(type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK];
int err = -ENOENT;
if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->count == 1) {
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto out;
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, head, list) {
if (ptype->type != type || ptype->dev || !ptype->gro_complete)
continue;
err = ptype->gro_complete(skb);
break;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err) {
WARN_ON(&ptype->list == head);
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
}
out:
return netif_receive_skb(skb);
}
void napi_gro_flush(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
for (skb = napi->gro_list; skb; skb = next) {
next = skb->next;
skb->next = NULL;
napi_gro_complete(skb);
}
napi->gro_count = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->gro_list = NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_flush);
void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen)
{
unsigned int offset = skb_gro_offset(skb);
hlen += offset;
if (hlen <= skb_headlen(skb))
return skb->data + offset;
if (unlikely(!skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags ||
skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].size <=
hlen - skb_headlen(skb) ||
PageHighMem(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page)))
return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL;
return page_address(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page) +
skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset +
offset - skb_headlen(skb);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_gro_header);
int dev_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
{
struct sk_buff **pp = NULL;
struct packet_type *ptype;
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
struct list_head *head = &ptype_base[ntohs(type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK];
int same_flow;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
int mac_len;
int ret;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
if (!(skb->dev->features & NETIF_F_GRO))
goto normal;
if (skb_is_gso(skb) || skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list)
goto normal;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, head, list) {
if (ptype->type != type || ptype->dev || !ptype->gro_receive)
continue;
skb_set_network_header(skb, skb_gro_offset(skb));
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
mac_len = skb->network_header - skb->mac_header;
skb->mac_len = mac_len;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow = 0;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush = 0;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->free = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
pp = ptype->gro_receive(&napi->gro_list, skb);
break;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
if (&ptype->list == head)
goto normal;
same_flow = NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow;
ret = NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->free ? GRO_MERGED_FREE : GRO_MERGED;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
if (pp) {
struct sk_buff *nskb = *pp;
*pp = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
napi_gro_complete(nskb);
napi->gro_count--;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
if (same_flow)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto ok;
if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush || napi->gro_count >= MAX_GRO_SKBS)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto normal;
napi->gro_count++;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->count = 1;
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size = skb_gro_len(skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
skb->next = napi->gro_list;
napi->gro_list = skb;
ret = GRO_HELD;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
pull:
if (unlikely(!pskb_may_pull(skb, skb_gro_offset(skb)))) {
if (napi->gro_list == skb)
napi->gro_list = skb->next;
ret = GRO_DROP;
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
ok:
return ret;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
normal:
ret = GRO_NORMAL;
goto pull;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_gro_receive);
static int __napi_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct sk_buff *p;
if (netpoll_rx_on(skb))
return GRO_NORMAL;
for (p = napi->gro_list; p; p = p->next) {
NAPI_GRO_CB(p)->same_flow = (p->dev == skb->dev)
&& !compare_ether_header(skb_mac_header(p),
skb_gro_mac_header(skb));
NAPI_GRO_CB(p)->flush = 0;
}
return dev_gro_receive(napi, skb);
}
int napi_skb_finish(int ret, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
int err = NET_RX_SUCCESS;
switch (ret) {
case GRO_NORMAL:
return netif_receive_skb(skb);
case GRO_DROP:
err = NET_RX_DROP;
/* fall through */
case GRO_MERGED_FREE:
kfree_skb(skb);
break;
}
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_skb_finish);
int napi_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
skb_gro_reset_offset(skb);
return napi_skb_finish(__napi_gro_receive(napi, skb), skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_receive);
void napi_reuse_skb(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__skb_pull(skb, skb_headlen(skb));
skb_reserve(skb, NET_IP_ALIGN - skb_headroom(skb));
napi->skb = skb;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_reuse_skb);
struct sk_buff *napi_fraginfo_skb(struct napi_struct *napi,
struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info)
{
struct net_device *dev = napi->dev;
struct sk_buff *skb = napi->skb;
struct ethhdr *eth;
skb_frag_t *frag;
int i;
napi->skb = NULL;
if (!skb) {
skb = netdev_alloc_skb(dev, GRO_MAX_HEAD + NET_IP_ALIGN);
if (!skb)
goto out;
skb_reserve(skb, NET_IP_ALIGN);
}
BUG_ON(info->nr_frags > MAX_SKB_FRAGS);
frag = &info->frags[info->nr_frags - 1];
for (i = skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags; i < info->nr_frags; i++) {
skb_fill_page_desc(skb, i, frag->page, frag->page_offset,
frag->size);
frag++;
}
skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags = info->nr_frags;
skb->data_len = info->len;
skb->len += info->len;
skb->truesize += info->len;
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
skb_gro_reset_offset(skb);
eth = skb_gro_header(skb, sizeof(*eth));
if (!eth) {
napi_reuse_skb(napi, skb);
skb = NULL;
goto out;
}
skb_gro_pull(skb, sizeof(*eth));
/*
* This works because the only protocols we care about don't require
* special handling. We'll fix it up properly at the end.
*/
skb->protocol = eth->h_proto;
skb->ip_summed = info->ip_summed;
skb->csum = info->csum;
out:
return skb;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_fraginfo_skb);
int napi_frags_finish(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb, int ret)
{
int err = NET_RX_SUCCESS;
switch (ret) {
case GRO_NORMAL:
case GRO_HELD:
skb->protocol = eth_type_trans(skb, napi->dev);
if (ret == GRO_NORMAL)
return netif_receive_skb(skb);
skb_gro_pull(skb, -ETH_HLEN);
break;
case GRO_DROP:
err = NET_RX_DROP;
/* fall through */
case GRO_MERGED_FREE:
napi_reuse_skb(napi, skb);
break;
}
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_frags_finish);
int napi_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi, struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = napi_fraginfo_skb(napi, info);
if (!skb)
return NET_RX_DROP;
return napi_frags_finish(napi, skb, __napi_gro_receive(napi, skb));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_frags);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
static int process_backlog(struct napi_struct *napi, int quota)
{
int work = 0;
struct softnet_data *queue = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
unsigned long start_time = jiffies;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
napi->weight = weight_p;
do {
struct sk_buff *skb;
local_irq_disable();
skb = __skb_dequeue(&queue->input_pkt_queue);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
if (!skb) {
__napi_complete(napi);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_enable();
break;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
}
local_irq_enable();
netif_receive_skb(skb);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
} while (++work < quota && jiffies == start_time);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
return work;
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* __napi_schedule - schedule for receive
* @n: entry to schedule
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
*
* The entry's receive function will be scheduled to run
*/
void __napi_schedule(struct napi_struct *n)
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
{
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
list_add_tail(&n->poll_list, &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data).poll_list);
__raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__napi_schedule);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
void __napi_complete(struct napi_struct *n)
{
BUG_ON(!test_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state));
BUG_ON(n->gro_list);
list_del(&n->poll_list);
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__napi_complete);
void napi_complete(struct napi_struct *n)
{
unsigned long flags;
/*
* don't let napi dequeue from the cpu poll list
* just in case its running on a different cpu
*/
if (unlikely(test_bit(NAPI_STATE_NPSVC, &n->state)))
return;
napi_gro_flush(n);
local_irq_save(flags);
__napi_complete(n);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_complete);
void netif_napi_add(struct net_device *dev, struct napi_struct *napi,
int (*poll)(struct napi_struct *, int), int weight)
{
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&napi->poll_list);
napi->gro_count = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->gro_list = NULL;
napi->skb = NULL;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->poll = poll;
napi->weight = weight;
list_add(&napi->dev_list, &dev->napi_list);
napi->dev = dev;
#ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
spin_lock_init(&napi->poll_lock);
napi->poll_owner = -1;
#endif
set_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &napi->state);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_napi_add);
void netif_napi_del(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
list_del_init(&napi->dev_list);
kfree_skb(napi->skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
for (skb = napi->gro_list; skb; skb = next) {
next = skb->next;
skb->next = NULL;
kfree_skb(skb);
}
napi->gro_list = NULL;
napi->gro_count = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_napi_del);
static void net_rx_action(struct softirq_action *h)
{
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
struct list_head *list = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data).poll_list;
unsigned long time_limit = jiffies + 2;
int budget = netdev_budget;
void *have;
local_irq_disable();
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
while (!list_empty(list)) {
struct napi_struct *n;
int work, weight;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/* If softirq window is exhuasted then punt.
* Allow this to run for 2 jiffies since which will allow
* an average latency of 1.5/HZ.
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
*/
if (unlikely(budget <= 0 || time_after(jiffies, time_limit)))
goto softnet_break;
local_irq_enable();
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/* Even though interrupts have been re-enabled, this
* access is safe because interrupts can only add new
* entries to the tail of this list, and only ->poll()
* calls can remove this head entry from the list.
*/
n = list_entry(list->next, struct napi_struct, poll_list);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
have = netpoll_poll_lock(n);
weight = n->weight;
/* This NAPI_STATE_SCHED test is for avoiding a race
* with netpoll's poll_napi(). Only the entity which
* obtains the lock and sees NAPI_STATE_SCHED set will
* actually make the ->poll() call. Therefore we avoid
* accidently calling ->poll() when NAPI is not scheduled.
*/
work = 0;
if (test_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state))
work = n->poll(n, weight);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
WARN_ON_ONCE(work > weight);
budget -= work;
local_irq_disable();
/* Drivers must not modify the NAPI state if they
* consume the entire weight. In such cases this code
* still "owns" the NAPI instance and therefore can
* move the instance around on the list at-will.
*/
if (unlikely(work == weight)) {
if (unlikely(napi_disable_pending(n)))
__napi_complete(n);
else
list_move_tail(&n->poll_list, list);
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
netpoll_poll_unlock(have);
}
out:
local_irq_enable();
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA
/*
* There may not be any more sk_buffs coming right now, so push
* any pending DMA copies to hardware
*/
dma_issue_pending_all();
#endif
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
return;
softnet_break:
__get_cpu_var(netdev_rx_stat).time_squeeze++;
__raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
goto out;
}
static gifconf_func_t * gifconf_list [NPROTO];
/**
* register_gifconf - register a SIOCGIF handler
* @family: Address family
* @gifconf: Function handler
*
* Register protocol dependent address dumping routines. The handler
* that is passed must not be freed or reused until it has been replaced
* by another handler.
*/
int register_gifconf(unsigned int family, gifconf_func_t * gifconf)
{
if (family >= NPROTO)
return -EINVAL;
gifconf_list[family] = gifconf;
return 0;
}
/*
* Map an interface index to its name (SIOCGIFNAME)
*/
/*
* We need this ioctl for efficient implementation of the
* if_indextoname() function required by the IPv6 API. Without
* it, we would have to search all the interfaces to find a
* match. --pb
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_ifname(struct net *net, struct ifreq __user *arg)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct ifreq ifr;
/*
* Fetch the caller's info block.
*/
if (copy_from_user(&ifr, arg, sizeof(struct ifreq)))
return -EFAULT;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifr.ifr_ifindex);
if (!dev) {
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
return -ENODEV;
}
strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, dev->name);
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
if (copy_to_user(arg, &ifr, sizeof(struct ifreq)))
return -EFAULT;
return 0;
}
/*
* Perform a SIOCGIFCONF call. This structure will change
* size eventually, and there is nothing I can do about it.
* Thus we will need a 'compatibility mode'.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_ifconf(struct net *net, char __user *arg)
{
struct ifconf ifc;
struct net_device *dev;
char __user *pos;
int len;
int total;
int i;
/*
* Fetch the caller's info block.
*/
if (copy_from_user(&ifc, arg, sizeof(struct ifconf)))
return -EFAULT;
pos = ifc.ifc_buf;
len = ifc.ifc_len;
/*
* Loop over the interfaces, and write an info block for each.
*/
total = 0;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
for (i = 0; i < NPROTO; i++) {
if (gifconf_list[i]) {
int done;
if (!pos)
done = gifconf_list[i](dev, NULL, 0);
else
done = gifconf_list[i](dev, pos + total,
len - total);
if (done < 0)
return -EFAULT;
total += done;
}
}
}
/*
* All done. Write the updated control block back to the caller.
*/
ifc.ifc_len = total;
/*
* Both BSD and Solaris return 0 here, so we do too.
*/
return copy_to_user(arg, &ifc, sizeof(struct ifconf)) ? -EFAULT : 0;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS
/*
* This is invoked by the /proc filesystem handler to display a device
* in detail.
*/
void *dev_seq_start(struct seq_file *seq, loff_t *pos)
__acquires(dev_base_lock)
{
struct net *net = seq_file_net(seq);
loff_t off;
struct net_device *dev;
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
if (!*pos)
return SEQ_START_TOKEN;
off = 1;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, dev)
if (off++ == *pos)
return dev;
return NULL;
}
void *dev_seq_next(struct seq_file *seq, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
struct net *net = seq_file_net(seq);
++*pos;
return v == SEQ_START_TOKEN ?
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
first_net_device(net) : next_net_device((struct net_device *)v);
}
void dev_seq_stop(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
__releases(dev_base_lock)
{
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
}
static void dev_seq_printf_stats(struct seq_file *seq, struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_stats *stats = dev_get_stats(dev);
seq_printf(seq, "%6s:%8lu %7lu %4lu %4lu %4lu %5lu %10lu %9lu "
"%8lu %7lu %4lu %4lu %4lu %5lu %7lu %10lu\n",
dev->name, stats->rx_bytes, stats->rx_packets,
stats->rx_errors,
stats->rx_dropped + stats->rx_missed_errors,
stats->rx_fifo_errors,
stats->rx_length_errors + stats->rx_over_errors +
stats->rx_crc_errors + stats->rx_frame_errors,
stats->rx_compressed, stats->multicast,
stats->tx_bytes, stats->tx_packets,
stats->tx_errors, stats->tx_dropped,
stats->tx_fifo_errors, stats->collisions,
stats->tx_carrier_errors +
stats->tx_aborted_errors +
stats->tx_window_errors +
stats->tx_heartbeat_errors,
stats->tx_compressed);
}
/*
* Called from the PROCfs module. This now uses the new arbitrary sized
* /proc/net interface to create /proc/net/dev
*/
static int dev_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
{
if (v == SEQ_START_TOKEN)
seq_puts(seq, "Inter-| Receive "
" | Transmit\n"
" face |bytes packets errs drop fifo frame "
"compressed multicast|bytes packets errs "
"drop fifo colls carrier compressed\n");
else
dev_seq_printf_stats(seq, v);
return 0;
}
static struct netif_rx_stats *softnet_get_online(loff_t *pos)
{
struct netif_rx_stats *rc = NULL;
while (*pos < nr_cpu_ids)
if (cpu_online(*pos)) {
rc = &per_cpu(netdev_rx_stat, *pos);
break;
} else
++*pos;
return rc;
}
static void *softnet_seq_start(struct seq_file *seq, loff_t *pos)
{
return softnet_get_online(pos);
}
static void *softnet_seq_next(struct seq_file *seq, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
++*pos;
return softnet_get_online(pos);
}
static void softnet_seq_stop(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
{
}
static int softnet_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
{
struct netif_rx_stats *s = v;
seq_printf(seq, "%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x\n",
s->total, s->dropped, s->time_squeeze, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, /* was fastroute */
s->cpu_collision );
return 0;
}
static const struct seq_operations dev_seq_ops = {
.start = dev_seq_start,
.next = dev_seq_next,
.stop = dev_seq_stop,
.show = dev_seq_show,
};
static int dev_seq_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
{
return seq_open_net(inode, file, &dev_seq_ops,
sizeof(struct seq_net_private));
}
static const struct file_operations dev_seq_fops = {
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.open = dev_seq_open,
.read = seq_read,
.llseek = seq_lseek,
.release = seq_release_net,
};
static const struct seq_operations softnet_seq_ops = {
.start = softnet_seq_start,
.next = softnet_seq_next,
.stop = softnet_seq_stop,
.show = softnet_seq_show,
};
static int softnet_seq_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
{
return seq_open(file, &softnet_seq_ops);
}
static const struct file_operations softnet_seq_fops = {
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.open = softnet_seq_open,
.read = seq_read,
.llseek = seq_lseek,
.release = seq_release,
};
static void *ptype_get_idx(loff_t pos)
{
struct packet_type *pt = NULL;
loff_t i = 0;
int t;
list_for_each_entry_rcu(pt, &ptype_all, list) {
if (i == pos)
return pt;
++i;
}
for (t = 0; t < PTYPE_HASH_SIZE; t++) {
list_for_each_entry_rcu(pt, &ptype_base[t], list) {
if (i == pos)
return pt;
++i;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static void *ptype_seq_start(struct seq_file *seq, loff_t *pos)
__acquires(RCU)
{
rcu_read_lock();
return *pos ? ptype_get_idx(*pos - 1) : SEQ_START_TOKEN;
}
static void *ptype_seq_next(struct seq_file *seq, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
struct packet_type *pt;
struct list_head *nxt;
int hash;
++*pos;
if (v == SEQ_START_TOKEN)
return ptype_get_idx(0);
pt = v;
nxt = pt->list.next;
if (pt->type == htons(ETH_P_ALL)) {
if (nxt != &ptype_all)
goto found;
hash = 0;
nxt = ptype_base[0].next;
} else
hash = ntohs(pt->type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK;
while (nxt == &ptype_base[hash]) {
if (++hash >= PTYPE_HASH_SIZE)
return NULL;
nxt = ptype_base[hash].next;
}
found:
return list_entry(nxt, struct packet_type, list);
}
static void ptype_seq_stop(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
__releases(RCU)
{
rcu_read_unlock();
}
static int ptype_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq, void *v)
{
struct packet_type *pt = v;
if (v == SEQ_START_TOKEN)
seq_puts(seq, "Type Device Function\n");
else if (pt->dev == NULL || dev_net(pt->dev) == seq_file_net(seq)) {
if (pt->type == htons(ETH_P_ALL))
seq_puts(seq, "ALL ");
else
seq_printf(seq, "%04x", ntohs(pt->type));
seq_printf(seq, " %-8s %pF\n",
pt->dev ? pt->dev->name : "", pt->func);
}
return 0;
}
static const struct seq_operations ptype_seq_ops = {
.start = ptype_seq_start,
.next = ptype_seq_next,
.stop = ptype_seq_stop,
.show = ptype_seq_show,
};
static int ptype_seq_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
{
return seq_open_net(inode, file, &ptype_seq_ops,
sizeof(struct seq_net_private));
}
static const struct file_operations ptype_seq_fops = {
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
.open = ptype_seq_open,
.read = seq_read,
.llseek = seq_lseek,
.release = seq_release_net,
};
static int __net_init dev_proc_net_init(struct net *net)
{
int rc = -ENOMEM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (!proc_net_fops_create(net, "dev", S_IRUGO, &dev_seq_fops))
goto out;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (!proc_net_fops_create(net, "softnet_stat", S_IRUGO, &softnet_seq_fops))
goto out_dev;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (!proc_net_fops_create(net, "ptype", S_IRUGO, &ptype_seq_fops))
goto out_softnet;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (wext_proc_init(net))
goto out_ptype;
rc = 0;
out:
return rc;
out_ptype:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
proc_net_remove(net, "ptype");
out_softnet:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
proc_net_remove(net, "softnet_stat");
out_dev:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
proc_net_remove(net, "dev");
goto out;
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static void __net_exit dev_proc_net_exit(struct net *net)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
{
wext_proc_exit(net);
proc_net_remove(net, "ptype");
proc_net_remove(net, "softnet_stat");
proc_net_remove(net, "dev");
}
static struct pernet_operations __net_initdata dev_proc_ops = {
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
.init = dev_proc_net_init,
.exit = dev_proc_net_exit,
};
static int __init dev_proc_init(void)
{
return register_pernet_subsys(&dev_proc_ops);
}
#else
#define dev_proc_init() 0
#endif /* CONFIG_PROC_FS */
/**
* netdev_set_master - set up master/slave pair
* @slave: slave device
* @master: new master device
*
* Changes the master device of the slave. Pass %NULL to break the
* bonding. The caller must hold the RTNL semaphore. On a failure
* a negative errno code is returned. On success the reference counts
* are adjusted, %RTM_NEWLINK is sent to the routing socket and the
* function returns zero.
*/
int netdev_set_master(struct net_device *slave, struct net_device *master)
{
struct net_device *old = slave->master;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (master) {
if (old)
return -EBUSY;
dev_hold(master);
}
slave->master = master;
synchronize_net();
if (old)
dev_put(old);
if (master)
slave->flags |= IFF_SLAVE;
else
slave->flags &= ~IFF_SLAVE;
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, slave, IFF_SLAVE);
return 0;
}
static void dev_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int flags)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if ((dev->flags & IFF_UP) && ops->ndo_change_rx_flags)
ops->ndo_change_rx_flags(dev, flags);
}
static int __dev_set_promiscuity(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned short old_flags = dev->flags;
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
dev->flags |= IFF_PROMISC;
dev->promiscuity += inc;
if (dev->promiscuity == 0) {
/*
* Avoid overflow.
* If inc causes overflow, untouch promisc and return error.
*/
if (inc < 0)
dev->flags &= ~IFF_PROMISC;
else {
dev->promiscuity -= inc;
printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: promiscuity touches roof, "
"set promiscuity failed, promiscuity feature "
"of device might be broken.\n", dev->name);
return -EOVERFLOW;
}
}
if (dev->flags != old_flags) {
printk(KERN_INFO "device %s %s promiscuous mode\n",
dev->name, (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? "entered" :
"left");
if (audit_enabled) {
current_uid_gid(&uid, &gid);
audit_log(current->audit_context, GFP_ATOMIC,
AUDIT_ANOM_PROMISCUOUS,
"dev=%s prom=%d old_prom=%d auid=%u uid=%u gid=%u ses=%u",
dev->name, (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC),
(old_flags & IFF_PROMISC),
audit_get_loginuid(current),
uid, gid,
audit_get_sessionid(current));
}
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_PROMISC);
}
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_set_promiscuity - update promiscuity count on a device
* @dev: device
* @inc: modifier
*
* Add or remove promiscuity from a device. While the count in the device
* remains above zero the interface remains promiscuous. Once it hits zero
* the device reverts back to normal filtering operation. A negative inc
* value is used to drop promiscuity on the device.
* Return 0 if successful or a negative errno code on error.
*/
int dev_set_promiscuity(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned short old_flags = dev->flags;
int err;
err = __dev_set_promiscuity(dev, inc);
if (err < 0)
return err;
if (dev->flags != old_flags)
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
return err;
}
/**
* dev_set_allmulti - update allmulti count on a device
* @dev: device
* @inc: modifier
*
* Add or remove reception of all multicast frames to a device. While the
* count in the device remains above zero the interface remains listening
* to all interfaces. Once it hits zero the device reverts back to normal
* filtering operation. A negative @inc value is used to drop the counter
* when releasing a resource needing all multicasts.
* Return 0 if successful or a negative errno code on error.
*/
int dev_set_allmulti(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned short old_flags = dev->flags;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
dev->flags |= IFF_ALLMULTI;
dev->allmulti += inc;
if (dev->allmulti == 0) {
/*
* Avoid overflow.
* If inc causes overflow, untouch allmulti and return error.
*/
if (inc < 0)
dev->flags &= ~IFF_ALLMULTI;
else {
dev->allmulti -= inc;
printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: allmulti touches roof, "
"set allmulti failed, allmulti feature of "
"device might be broken.\n", dev->name);
return -EOVERFLOW;
}
}
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
if (dev->flags ^ old_flags) {
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_ALLMULTI);
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Upload unicast and multicast address lists to device and
* configure RX filtering. When the device doesn't support unicast
* filtering it is put in promiscuous mode while unicast addresses
* are present.
*/
void __dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
/* dev_open will call this function so the list will stay sane. */
if (!(dev->flags&IFF_UP))
return;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return;
if (ops->ndo_set_rx_mode)
ops->ndo_set_rx_mode(dev);
else {
/* Unicast addresses changes may only happen under the rtnl,
* therefore calling __dev_set_promiscuity here is safe.
*/
if (dev->uc_count > 0 && !dev->uc_promisc) {
__dev_set_promiscuity(dev, 1);
dev->uc_promisc = 1;
} else if (dev->uc_count == 0 && dev->uc_promisc) {
__dev_set_promiscuity(dev, -1);
dev->uc_promisc = 0;
}
if (ops->ndo_set_multicast_list)
ops->ndo_set_multicast_list(dev);
}
}
void dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
__dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
}
int __dev_addr_delete(struct dev_addr_list **list, int *count,
void *addr, int alen, int glbl)
{
struct dev_addr_list *da;
for (; (da = *list) != NULL; list = &da->next) {
if (memcmp(da->da_addr, addr, da->da_addrlen) == 0 &&
alen == da->da_addrlen) {
if (glbl) {
int old_glbl = da->da_gusers;
da->da_gusers = 0;
if (old_glbl == 0)
break;
}
if (--da->da_users)
return 0;
*list = da->next;
kfree(da);
(*count)--;
return 0;
}
}
return -ENOENT;
}
int __dev_addr_add(struct dev_addr_list **list, int *count,
void *addr, int alen, int glbl)
{
struct dev_addr_list *da;
for (da = *list; da != NULL; da = da->next) {
if (memcmp(da->da_addr, addr, da->da_addrlen) == 0 &&
da->da_addrlen == alen) {
if (glbl) {
int old_glbl = da->da_gusers;
da->da_gusers = 1;
if (old_glbl)
return 0;
}
da->da_users++;
return 0;
}
}
da = kzalloc(sizeof(*da), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (da == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
memcpy(da->da_addr, addr, alen);
da->da_addrlen = alen;
da->da_users = 1;
da->da_gusers = glbl ? 1 : 0;
da->next = *list;
*list = da;
(*count)++;
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_unicast_delete - Release secondary unicast address.
* @dev: device
* @addr: address to delete
* @alen: length of @addr
*
* Release reference to a secondary unicast address and remove it
* from the device if the reference count drops to zero.
*
* The caller must hold the rtnl_mutex.
*/
int dev_unicast_delete(struct net_device *dev, void *addr, int alen)
{
int err;
ASSERT_RTNL();
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
err = __dev_addr_delete(&dev->uc_list, &dev->uc_count, addr, alen, 0);
if (!err)
__dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_unicast_delete);
/**
* dev_unicast_add - add a secondary unicast address
* @dev: device
* @addr: address to add
* @alen: length of @addr
*
* Add a secondary unicast address to the device or increase
* the reference count if it already exists.
*
* The caller must hold the rtnl_mutex.
*/
int dev_unicast_add(struct net_device *dev, void *addr, int alen)
{
int err;
ASSERT_RTNL();
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
err = __dev_addr_add(&dev->uc_list, &dev->uc_count, addr, alen, 0);
if (!err)
__dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_unicast_add);
int __dev_addr_sync(struct dev_addr_list **to, int *to_count,
struct dev_addr_list **from, int *from_count)
{
struct dev_addr_list *da, *next;
int err = 0;
da = *from;
while (da != NULL) {
next = da->next;
if (!da->da_synced) {
err = __dev_addr_add(to, to_count,
da->da_addr, da->da_addrlen, 0);
if (err < 0)
break;
da->da_synced = 1;
da->da_users++;
} else if (da->da_users == 1) {
__dev_addr_delete(to, to_count,
da->da_addr, da->da_addrlen, 0);
__dev_addr_delete(from, from_count,
da->da_addr, da->da_addrlen, 0);
}
da = next;
}
return err;
}
void __dev_addr_unsync(struct dev_addr_list **to, int *to_count,
struct dev_addr_list **from, int *from_count)
{
struct dev_addr_list *da, *next;
da = *from;
while (da != NULL) {
next = da->next;
if (da->da_synced) {
__dev_addr_delete(to, to_count,
da->da_addr, da->da_addrlen, 0);
da->da_synced = 0;
__dev_addr_delete(from, from_count,
da->da_addr, da->da_addrlen, 0);
}
da = next;
}
}
/**
* dev_unicast_sync - Synchronize device's unicast list to another device
* @to: destination device
* @from: source device
*
* Add newly added addresses to the destination device and release
* addresses that have no users left. The source device must be
* locked by netif_tx_lock_bh.
*
* This function is intended to be called from the dev->set_rx_mode
* function of layered software devices.
*/
int dev_unicast_sync(struct net_device *to, struct net_device *from)
{
int err = 0;
netif_addr_lock_bh(to);
err = __dev_addr_sync(&to->uc_list, &to->uc_count,
&from->uc_list, &from->uc_count);
if (!err)
__dev_set_rx_mode(to);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(to);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_unicast_sync);
/**
* dev_unicast_unsync - Remove synchronized addresses from the destination device
* @to: destination device
* @from: source device
*
* Remove all addresses that were added to the destination device by
* dev_unicast_sync(). This function is intended to be called from the
* dev->stop function of layered software devices.
*/
void dev_unicast_unsync(struct net_device *to, struct net_device *from)
{
netif_addr_lock_bh(from);
netif_addr_lock(to);
__dev_addr_unsync(&to->uc_list, &to->uc_count,
&from->uc_list, &from->uc_count);
__dev_set_rx_mode(to);
netif_addr_unlock(to);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(from);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_unicast_unsync);
static void __dev_addr_discard(struct dev_addr_list **list)
{
struct dev_addr_list *tmp;
while (*list != NULL) {
tmp = *list;
*list = tmp->next;
if (tmp->da_users > tmp->da_gusers)
printk("__dev_addr_discard: address leakage! "
"da_users=%d\n", tmp->da_users);
kfree(tmp);
}
}
static void dev_addr_discard(struct net_device *dev)
{
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
__dev_addr_discard(&dev->uc_list);
dev->uc_count = 0;
__dev_addr_discard(&dev->mc_list);
dev->mc_count = 0;
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
}
/**
* dev_get_flags - get flags reported to userspace
* @dev: device
*
* Get the combination of flag bits exported through APIs to userspace.
*/
unsigned dev_get_flags(const struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned flags;
flags = (dev->flags & ~(IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI |
IFF_RUNNING |
IFF_LOWER_UP |
IFF_DORMANT)) |
(dev->gflags & (IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI));
if (netif_running(dev)) {
if (netif_oper_up(dev))
flags |= IFF_RUNNING;
if (netif_carrier_ok(dev))
flags |= IFF_LOWER_UP;
if (netif_dormant(dev))
flags |= IFF_DORMANT;
}
return flags;
}
/**
* dev_change_flags - change device settings
* @dev: device
* @flags: device state flags
*
* Change settings on device based state flags. The flags are
* in the userspace exported format.
*/
int dev_change_flags(struct net_device *dev, unsigned flags)
{
int ret, changes;
int old_flags = dev->flags;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
/*
* Set the flags on our device.
*/
dev->flags = (flags & (IFF_DEBUG | IFF_NOTRAILERS | IFF_NOARP |
IFF_DYNAMIC | IFF_MULTICAST | IFF_PORTSEL |
IFF_AUTOMEDIA)) |
(dev->flags & (IFF_UP | IFF_VOLATILE | IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI));
/*
* Load in the correct multicast list now the flags have changed.
*/
if ((old_flags ^ flags) & IFF_MULTICAST)
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_MULTICAST);
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
/*
* Have we downed the interface. We handle IFF_UP ourselves
* according to user attempts to set it, rather than blindly
* setting it.
*/
ret = 0;
if ((old_flags ^ flags) & IFF_UP) { /* Bit is different ? */
ret = ((old_flags & IFF_UP) ? dev_close : dev_open)(dev);
if (!ret)
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP &&
((old_flags ^ dev->flags) &~ (IFF_UP | IFF_PROMISC | IFF_ALLMULTI |
IFF_VOLATILE)))
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGE, dev);
if ((flags ^ dev->gflags) & IFF_PROMISC) {
int inc = (flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? +1 : -1;
dev->gflags ^= IFF_PROMISC;
dev_set_promiscuity(dev, inc);
}
/* NOTE: order of synchronization of IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI
is important. Some (broken) drivers set IFF_PROMISC, when
IFF_ALLMULTI is requested not asking us and not reporting.
*/
if ((flags ^ dev->gflags) & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
int inc = (flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) ? +1 : -1;
dev->gflags ^= IFF_ALLMULTI;
dev_set_allmulti(dev, inc);
}
/* Exclude state transition flags, already notified */
changes = (old_flags ^ dev->flags) & ~(IFF_UP | IFF_RUNNING);
if (changes)
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, changes);
return ret;
}
/**
* dev_set_mtu - Change maximum transfer unit
* @dev: device
* @new_mtu: new transfer unit
*
* Change the maximum transfer size of the network device.
*/
int dev_set_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int err;
if (new_mtu == dev->mtu)
return 0;
/* MTU must be positive. */
if (new_mtu < 0)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
err = 0;
if (ops->ndo_change_mtu)
err = ops->ndo_change_mtu(dev, new_mtu);
else
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
if (!err && dev->flags & IFF_UP)
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEMTU, dev);
return err;
}
/**
* dev_set_mac_address - Change Media Access Control Address
* @dev: device
* @sa: new address
*
* Change the hardware (MAC) address of the device
*/
int dev_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, struct sockaddr *sa)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int err;
if (!ops->ndo_set_mac_address)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (sa->sa_family != dev->type)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
err = ops->ndo_set_mac_address(dev, sa);
if (!err)
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEADDR, dev);
return err;
}
/*
* Perform the SIOCxIFxxx calls, inside read_lock(dev_base_lock)
*/
static int dev_ifsioc_locked(struct net *net, struct ifreq *ifr, unsigned int cmd)
{
int err;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev = __dev_get_by_name(net, ifr->ifr_name);
if (!dev)
return -ENODEV;
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCGIFFLAGS: /* Get interface flags */
ifr->ifr_flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
return 0;
case SIOCGIFMETRIC: /* Get the metric on the interface
(currently unused) */
ifr->ifr_metric = 0;
return 0;
case SIOCGIFMTU: /* Get the MTU of a device */
ifr->ifr_mtu = dev->mtu;
return 0;
case SIOCGIFHWADDR:
if (!dev->addr_len)
memset(ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data, 0, sizeof ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data);
else
memcpy(ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data, dev->dev_addr,
min(sizeof ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data, (size_t) dev->addr_len));
ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_family = dev->type;
return 0;
case SIOCGIFSLAVE:
err = -EINVAL;
break;
case SIOCGIFMAP:
ifr->ifr_map.mem_start = dev->mem_start;
ifr->ifr_map.mem_end = dev->mem_end;
ifr->ifr_map.base_addr = dev->base_addr;
ifr->ifr_map.irq = dev->irq;
ifr->ifr_map.dma = dev->dma;
ifr->ifr_map.port = dev->if_port;
return 0;
case SIOCGIFINDEX:
ifr->ifr_ifindex = dev->ifindex;
return 0;
case SIOCGIFTXQLEN:
ifr->ifr_qlen = dev->tx_queue_len;
return 0;
default:
/* dev_ioctl() should ensure this case
* is never reached
*/
WARN_ON(1);
err = -EINVAL;
break;
}
return err;
}
/*
* Perform the SIOCxIFxxx calls, inside rtnl_lock()
*/
static int dev_ifsioc(struct net *net, struct ifreq *ifr, unsigned int cmd)
{
int err;
struct net_device *dev = __dev_get_by_name(net, ifr->ifr_name);
const struct net_device_ops *ops;
if (!dev)
return -ENODEV;
ops = dev->netdev_ops;
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCSIFFLAGS: /* Set interface flags */
return dev_change_flags(dev, ifr->ifr_flags);
case SIOCSIFMETRIC: /* Set the metric on the interface
(currently unused) */
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
case SIOCSIFMTU: /* Set the MTU of a device */
return dev_set_mtu(dev, ifr->ifr_mtu);
case SIOCSIFHWADDR:
return dev_set_mac_address(dev, &ifr->ifr_hwaddr);
case SIOCSIFHWBROADCAST:
if (ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_family != dev->type)
return -EINVAL;
memcpy(dev->broadcast, ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data,
min(sizeof ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data, (size_t) dev->addr_len));
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEADDR, dev);
return 0;
case SIOCSIFMAP:
if (ops->ndo_set_config) {
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
return ops->ndo_set_config(dev, &ifr->ifr_map);
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
case SIOCADDMULTI:
if ((!ops->ndo_set_multicast_list && !ops->ndo_set_rx_mode) ||
ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_family != AF_UNSPEC)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
return dev_mc_add(dev, ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data,
dev->addr_len, 1);
case SIOCDELMULTI:
if ((!ops->ndo_set_multicast_list && !ops->ndo_set_rx_mode) ||
ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_family != AF_UNSPEC)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
return dev_mc_delete(dev, ifr->ifr_hwaddr.sa_data,
dev->addr_len, 1);
case SIOCSIFTXQLEN:
if (ifr->ifr_qlen < 0)
return -EINVAL;
dev->tx_queue_len = ifr->ifr_qlen;
return 0;
case SIOCSIFNAME:
ifr->ifr_newname[IFNAMSIZ-1] = '\0';
return dev_change_name(dev, ifr->ifr_newname);
/*
* Unknown or private ioctl
*/
default:
if ((cmd >= SIOCDEVPRIVATE &&
cmd <= SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 15) ||
cmd == SIOCBONDENSLAVE ||
cmd == SIOCBONDRELEASE ||
cmd == SIOCBONDSETHWADDR ||
cmd == SIOCBONDSLAVEINFOQUERY ||
cmd == SIOCBONDINFOQUERY ||
cmd == SIOCBONDCHANGEACTIVE ||
cmd == SIOCGMIIPHY ||
cmd == SIOCGMIIREG ||
cmd == SIOCSMIIREG ||
cmd == SIOCBRADDIF ||
cmd == SIOCBRDELIF ||
cmd == SIOCSHWTSTAMP ||
cmd == SIOCWANDEV) {
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (ops->ndo_do_ioctl) {
if (netif_device_present(dev))
err = ops->ndo_do_ioctl(dev, ifr, cmd);
else
err = -ENODEV;
}
} else
err = -EINVAL;
}
return err;
}
/*
* This function handles all "interface"-type I/O control requests. The actual
* 'doing' part of this is dev_ifsioc above.
*/
/**
* dev_ioctl - network device ioctl
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @cmd: command to issue
* @arg: pointer to a struct ifreq in user space
*
* Issue ioctl functions to devices. This is normally called by the
* user space syscall interfaces but can sometimes be useful for
* other purposes. The return value is the return from the syscall if
* positive or a negative errno code on error.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
int dev_ioctl(struct net *net, unsigned int cmd, void __user *arg)
{
struct ifreq ifr;
int ret;
char *colon;
/* One special case: SIOCGIFCONF takes ifconf argument
and requires shared lock, because it sleeps writing
to user space.
*/
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF) {
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
ret = dev_ifconf(net, (char __user *) arg);
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
if (cmd == SIOCGIFNAME)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return dev_ifname(net, (struct ifreq __user *)arg);
if (copy_from_user(&ifr, arg, sizeof(struct ifreq)))
return -EFAULT;
ifr.ifr_name[IFNAMSIZ-1] = 0;
colon = strchr(ifr.ifr_name, ':');
if (colon)
*colon = 0;
/*
* See which interface the caller is talking about.
*/
switch (cmd) {
/*
* These ioctl calls:
* - can be done by all.
* - atomic and do not require locking.
* - return a value
*/
case SIOCGIFFLAGS:
case SIOCGIFMETRIC:
case SIOCGIFMTU:
case SIOCGIFHWADDR:
case SIOCGIFSLAVE:
case SIOCGIFMAP:
case SIOCGIFINDEX:
case SIOCGIFTXQLEN:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev_load(net, ifr.ifr_name);
read_lock(&dev_base_lock);
ret = dev_ifsioc_locked(net, &ifr, cmd);
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
if (!ret) {
if (colon)
*colon = ':';
if (copy_to_user(arg, &ifr,
sizeof(struct ifreq)))
ret = -EFAULT;
}
return ret;
case SIOCETHTOOL:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev_load(net, ifr.ifr_name);
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
ret = dev_ethtool(net, &ifr);
rtnl_unlock();
if (!ret) {
if (colon)
*colon = ':';
if (copy_to_user(arg, &ifr,
sizeof(struct ifreq)))
ret = -EFAULT;
}
return ret;
/*
* These ioctl calls:
* - require superuser power.
* - require strict serialization.
* - return a value
*/
case SIOCGMIIPHY:
case SIOCGMIIREG:
case SIOCSIFNAME:
if (!capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN))
return -EPERM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev_load(net, ifr.ifr_name);
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
ret = dev_ifsioc(net, &ifr, cmd);
rtnl_unlock();
if (!ret) {
if (colon)
*colon = ':';
if (copy_to_user(arg, &ifr,
sizeof(struct ifreq)))
ret = -EFAULT;
}
return ret;
/*
* These ioctl calls:
* - require superuser power.
* - require strict serialization.
* - do not return a value
*/
case SIOCSIFFLAGS:
case SIOCSIFMETRIC:
case SIOCSIFMTU:
case SIOCSIFMAP:
case SIOCSIFHWADDR:
case SIOCSIFSLAVE:
case SIOCADDMULTI:
case SIOCDELMULTI:
case SIOCSIFHWBROADCAST:
case SIOCSIFTXQLEN:
case SIOCSMIIREG:
case SIOCBONDENSLAVE:
case SIOCBONDRELEASE:
case SIOCBONDSETHWADDR:
case SIOCBONDCHANGEACTIVE:
case SIOCBRADDIF:
case SIOCBRDELIF:
case SIOCSHWTSTAMP:
if (!capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN))
return -EPERM;
/* fall through */
case SIOCBONDSLAVEINFOQUERY:
case SIOCBONDINFOQUERY:
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev_load(net, ifr.ifr_name);
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
ret = dev_ifsioc(net, &ifr, cmd);
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
case SIOCGIFMEM:
/* Get the per device memory space. We can add this but
* currently do not support it */
case SIOCSIFMEM:
/* Set the per device memory buffer space.
* Not applicable in our case */
case SIOCSIFLINK:
return -EINVAL;
/*
* Unknown or private ioctl.
*/
default:
if (cmd == SIOCWANDEV ||
(cmd >= SIOCDEVPRIVATE &&
cmd <= SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 15)) {
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev_load(net, ifr.ifr_name);
rtnl_lock();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
ret = dev_ifsioc(net, &ifr, cmd);
rtnl_unlock();
if (!ret && copy_to_user(arg, &ifr,
sizeof(struct ifreq)))
ret = -EFAULT;
return ret;
}
/* Take care of Wireless Extensions */
if (cmd >= SIOCIWFIRST && cmd <= SIOCIWLAST)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return wext_handle_ioctl(net, &ifr, cmd, arg);
return -EINVAL;
}
}
/**
* dev_new_index - allocate an ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
*
* Returns a suitable unique value for a new device interface
* number. The caller must hold the rtnl semaphore or the
* dev_base_lock to be sure it remains unique.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_new_index(struct net *net)
{
static int ifindex;
for (;;) {
if (++ifindex <= 0)
ifindex = 1;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (!__dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex))
return ifindex;
}
}
/* Delayed registration/unregisteration */
static LIST_HEAD(net_todo_list);
static void net_set_todo(struct net_device *dev)
{
list_add_tail(&dev->todo_list, &net_todo_list);
}
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
static void rollback_registered(struct net_device *dev)
{
BUG_ON(dev_boot_phase);
ASSERT_RTNL();
/* Some devices call without registering for initialization unwind. */
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_UNINITIALIZED) {
printk(KERN_DEBUG "unregister_netdevice: device %s/%p never "
"was registered\n", dev->name, dev);
WARN_ON(1);
return;
}
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_REGISTERED);
/* If device is running, close it first. */
dev_close(dev);
/* And unlink it from device chain. */
unlist_netdevice(dev);
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERING;
synchronize_net();
/* Shutdown queueing discipline. */
dev_shutdown(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that we are about to destroy
this device. They should clean all the things.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
/*
* Flush the unicast and multicast chains
*/
dev_addr_discard(dev);
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit)
dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit(dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* Notifier chain MUST detach us from master device. */
WARN_ON(dev->master);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* Remove entries from kobject tree */
netdev_unregister_kobject(dev);
synchronize_net();
dev_put(dev);
}
static void __netdev_init_queue_locks_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *dev_queue,
void *_unused)
{
spin_lock_init(&dev_queue->_xmit_lock);
netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(&dev_queue->_xmit_lock, dev->type);
dev_queue->xmit_lock_owner = -1;
}
static void netdev_init_queue_locks(struct net_device *dev)
{
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(dev, __netdev_init_queue_locks_one, NULL);
__netdev_init_queue_locks_one(dev, &dev->rx_queue, NULL);
}
unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name)
{
/* Fix illegal SG+CSUM combinations. */
if ((features & NETIF_F_SG) &&
!(features & NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM)) {
if (name)
printk(KERN_NOTICE "%s: Dropping NETIF_F_SG since no "
"checksum feature.\n", name);
features &= ~NETIF_F_SG;
}
/* TSO requires that SG is present as well. */
if ((features & NETIF_F_TSO) && !(features & NETIF_F_SG)) {
if (name)
printk(KERN_NOTICE "%s: Dropping NETIF_F_TSO since no "
"SG feature.\n", name);
features &= ~NETIF_F_TSO;
}
if (features & NETIF_F_UFO) {
if (!(features & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM)) {
if (name)
printk(KERN_ERR "%s: Dropping NETIF_F_UFO "
"since no NETIF_F_HW_CSUM feature.\n",
name);
features &= ~NETIF_F_UFO;
}
if (!(features & NETIF_F_SG)) {
if (name)
printk(KERN_ERR "%s: Dropping NETIF_F_UFO "
"since no NETIF_F_SG feature.\n", name);
features &= ~NETIF_F_UFO;
}
}
return features;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_fix_features);
/* Some devices need to (re-)set their netdev_ops inside
* ->init() or similar. If that happens, we have to setup
* the compat pointers again.
*/
void netdev_resync_ops(struct net_device *dev)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT_NET_DEV_OPS
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
dev->init = ops->ndo_init;
dev->uninit = ops->ndo_uninit;
dev->open = ops->ndo_open;
dev->change_rx_flags = ops->ndo_change_rx_flags;
dev->set_rx_mode = ops->ndo_set_rx_mode;
dev->set_multicast_list = ops->ndo_set_multicast_list;
dev->set_mac_address = ops->ndo_set_mac_address;
dev->validate_addr = ops->ndo_validate_addr;
dev->do_ioctl = ops->ndo_do_ioctl;
dev->set_config = ops->ndo_set_config;
dev->change_mtu = ops->ndo_change_mtu;
dev->neigh_setup = ops->ndo_neigh_setup;
dev->tx_timeout = ops->ndo_tx_timeout;
dev->get_stats = ops->ndo_get_stats;
dev->vlan_rx_register = ops->ndo_vlan_rx_register;
dev->vlan_rx_add_vid = ops->ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid;
dev->vlan_rx_kill_vid = ops->ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid;
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
dev->poll_controller = ops->ndo_poll_controller;
#endif
#endif
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_resync_ops);
/**
* register_netdevice - register a network device
* @dev: device to register
*
* Take a completed network device structure and add it to the kernel
* interfaces. A %NETDEV_REGISTER message is sent to the netdev notifier
* chain. 0 is returned on success. A negative errno code is returned
* on a failure to set up the device, or if the name is a duplicate.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore. You may want
* register_netdev() instead of this.
*
* BUGS:
* The locking appears insufficient to guarantee two parallel registers
* will not get the same name.
*/
int register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct hlist_head *head;
struct hlist_node *p;
int ret;
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
BUG_ON(dev_boot_phase);
ASSERT_RTNL();
might_sleep();
/* When net_device's are persistent, this will be fatal. */
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNINITIALIZED);
BUG_ON(!net);
spin_lock_init(&dev->addr_list_lock);
netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(dev);
netdev_init_queue_locks(dev);
dev->iflink = -1;
#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT_NET_DEV_OPS
/* Netdevice_ops API compatibility support.
* This is temporary until all network devices are converted.
*/
if (dev->netdev_ops) {
netdev_resync_ops(dev);
} else {
char drivername[64];
pr_info("%s (%s): not using net_device_ops yet\n",
dev->name, netdev_drivername(dev, drivername, 64));
/* This works only because net_device_ops and the
compatibility structure are the same. */
dev->netdev_ops = (void *) &(dev->init);
}
#endif
/* Init, if this function is available */
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_init) {
ret = dev->netdev_ops->ndo_init(dev);
if (ret) {
if (ret > 0)
ret = -EIO;
goto out;
}
}
if (!dev_valid_name(dev->name)) {
ret = -EINVAL;
goto err_uninit;
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
dev->ifindex = dev_new_index(net);
if (dev->iflink == -1)
dev->iflink = dev->ifindex;
/* Check for existence of name */
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
head = dev_name_hash(net, dev->name);
hlist_for_each(p, head) {
struct net_device *d
= hlist_entry(p, struct net_device, name_hlist);
if (!strncmp(d->name, dev->name, IFNAMSIZ)) {
ret = -EEXIST;
goto err_uninit;
}
}
/* Fix illegal checksum combinations */
if ((dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_CSUM) &&
(dev->features & (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM))) {
printk(KERN_NOTICE "%s: mixed HW and IP checksum settings.\n",
dev->name);
dev->features &= ~(NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM);
}
if ((dev->features & NETIF_F_NO_CSUM) &&
(dev->features & (NETIF_F_HW_CSUM|NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM))) {
printk(KERN_NOTICE "%s: mixed no checksumming and other settings.\n",
dev->name);
dev->features &= ~(NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM|NETIF_F_HW_CSUM);
}
dev->features = netdev_fix_features(dev->features, dev->name);
/* Enable software GSO if SG is supported. */
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_SG)
dev->features |= NETIF_F_GSO;
netdev_initialize_kobject(dev);
ret = netdev_register_kobject(dev);
if (ret)
goto err_uninit;
dev->reg_state = NETREG_REGISTERED;
/*
* Default initial state at registry is that the
* device is present.
*/
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state);
dev_init_scheduler(dev);
dev_hold(dev);
list_netdevice(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that a new device appeared. */
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
if (ret) {
rollback_registered(dev);
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERED;
}
out:
return ret;
err_uninit:
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit)
dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit(dev);
goto out;
}
/**
* init_dummy_netdev - init a dummy network device for NAPI
* @dev: device to init
*
* This takes a network device structure and initialize the minimum
* amount of fields so it can be used to schedule NAPI polls without
* registering a full blown interface. This is to be used by drivers
* that need to tie several hardware interfaces to a single NAPI
* poll scheduler due to HW limitations.
*/
int init_dummy_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
/* Clear everything. Note we don't initialize spinlocks
* are they aren't supposed to be taken by any of the
* NAPI code and this dummy netdev is supposed to be
* only ever used for NAPI polls
*/
memset(dev, 0, sizeof(struct net_device));
/* make sure we BUG if trying to hit standard
* register/unregister code path
*/
dev->reg_state = NETREG_DUMMY;
/* initialize the ref count */
atomic_set(&dev->refcnt, 1);
/* NAPI wants this */
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->napi_list);
/* a dummy interface is started by default */
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state);
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(init_dummy_netdev);
/**
* register_netdev - register a network device
* @dev: device to register
*
* Take a completed network device structure and add it to the kernel
* interfaces. A %NETDEV_REGISTER message is sent to the netdev notifier
* chain. 0 is returned on success. A negative errno code is returned
* on a failure to set up the device, or if the name is a duplicate.
*
* This is a wrapper around register_netdevice that takes the rtnl semaphore
* and expands the device name if you passed a format string to
* alloc_netdev.
*/
int register_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
int err;
rtnl_lock();
/*
* If the name is a format string the caller wants us to do a
* name allocation.
*/
if (strchr(dev->name, '%')) {
err = dev_alloc_name(dev, dev->name);
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
err = register_netdevice(dev);
out:
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdev);
/*
* netdev_wait_allrefs - wait until all references are gone.
*
* This is called when unregistering network devices.
*
* Any protocol or device that holds a reference should register
* for netdevice notification, and cleanup and put back the
* reference if they receive an UNREGISTER event.
* We can get stuck here if buggy protocols don't correctly
* call dev_put.
*/
static void netdev_wait_allrefs(struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned long rebroadcast_time, warning_time;
rebroadcast_time = warning_time = jiffies;
while (atomic_read(&dev->refcnt) != 0) {
if (time_after(jiffies, rebroadcast_time + 1 * HZ)) {
rtnl_lock();
/* Rebroadcast unregister notification */
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
if (test_bit(__LINK_STATE_LINKWATCH_PENDING,
&dev->state)) {
/* We must not have linkwatch events
* pending on unregister. If this
* happens, we simply run the queue
* unscheduled, resulting in a noop
* for this device.
*/
linkwatch_run_queue();
}
__rtnl_unlock();
rebroadcast_time = jiffies;
}
msleep(250);
if (time_after(jiffies, warning_time + 10 * HZ)) {
printk(KERN_EMERG "unregister_netdevice: "
"waiting for %s to become free. Usage "
"count = %d\n",
dev->name, atomic_read(&dev->refcnt));
warning_time = jiffies;
}
}
}
/* The sequence is:
*
* rtnl_lock();
* ...
* register_netdevice(x1);
* register_netdevice(x2);
* ...
* unregister_netdevice(y1);
* unregister_netdevice(y2);
* ...
* rtnl_unlock();
* free_netdev(y1);
* free_netdev(y2);
*
* We are invoked by rtnl_unlock().
* This allows us to deal with problems:
* 1) We can delete sysfs objects which invoke hotplug
* without deadlocking with linkwatch via keventd.
* 2) Since we run with the RTNL semaphore not held, we can sleep
* safely in order to wait for the netdev refcnt to drop to zero.
*
* We must not return until all unregister events added during
* the interval the lock was held have been completed.
*/
void netdev_run_todo(void)
{
struct list_head list;
/* Snapshot list, allow later requests */
list_replace_init(&net_todo_list, &list);
__rtnl_unlock();
while (!list_empty(&list)) {
struct net_device *dev
= list_entry(list.next, struct net_device, todo_list);
list_del(&dev->todo_list);
if (unlikely(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERING)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "network todo '%s' but state %d\n",
dev->name, dev->reg_state);
dump_stack();
continue;
}
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERED;
on_each_cpu(flush_backlog, dev, 1);
netdev_wait_allrefs(dev);
/* paranoia */
BUG_ON(atomic_read(&dev->refcnt));
WARN_ON(dev->ip_ptr);
WARN_ON(dev->ip6_ptr);
WARN_ON(dev->dn_ptr);
if (dev->destructor)
dev->destructor(dev);
/* Free network device */
kobject_put(&dev->dev.kobj);
}
}
/**
* dev_get_stats - get network device statistics
* @dev: device to get statistics from
*
* Get network statistics from device. The device driver may provide
* its own method by setting dev->netdev_ops->get_stats; otherwise
* the internal statistics structure is used.
*/
const struct net_device_stats *dev_get_stats(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if (ops->ndo_get_stats)
return ops->ndo_get_stats(dev);
else
return &dev->stats;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_stats);
static void netdev_init_one_queue(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *queue,
void *_unused)
{
queue->dev = dev;
}
static void netdev_init_queues(struct net_device *dev)
{
netdev_init_one_queue(dev, &dev->rx_queue, NULL);
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(dev, netdev_init_one_queue, NULL);
spin_lock_init(&dev->tx_global_lock);
}
/**
* alloc_netdev_mq - allocate network device
* @sizeof_priv: size of private data to allocate space for
* @name: device name format string
* @setup: callback to initialize device
* @queue_count: the number of subqueues to allocate
*
* Allocates a struct net_device with private data area for driver use
* and performs basic initialization. Also allocates subquue structs
* for each queue on the device at the end of the netdevice.
*/
struct net_device *alloc_netdev_mq(int sizeof_priv, const char *name,
void (*setup)(struct net_device *), unsigned int queue_count)
{
struct netdev_queue *tx;
struct net_device *dev;
size_t alloc_size;
void *p;
BUG_ON(strlen(name) >= sizeof(dev->name));
alloc_size = sizeof(struct net_device);
if (sizeof_priv) {
/* ensure 32-byte alignment of private area */
alloc_size = (alloc_size + NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST) & ~NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST;
alloc_size += sizeof_priv;
}
/* ensure 32-byte alignment of whole construct */
alloc_size += NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST;
p = kzalloc(alloc_size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!p) {
printk(KERN_ERR "alloc_netdev: Unable to allocate device.\n");
return NULL;
}
tx = kcalloc(queue_count, sizeof(struct netdev_queue), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!tx) {
printk(KERN_ERR "alloc_netdev: Unable to allocate "
"tx qdiscs.\n");
kfree(p);
return NULL;
}
dev = (struct net_device *)
(((long)p + NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST) & ~NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST);
dev->padded = (char *)dev - (char *)p;
dev_net_set(dev, &init_net);
dev->_tx = tx;
dev->num_tx_queues = queue_count;
dev->real_num_tx_queues = queue_count;
[NET]: Add per-connection option to set max TSO frame size Update: My mailer ate one of Jarek's feedback mails... Fixed the parameter in netif_set_gso_max_size() to be u32, not u16. Fixed the whitespace issue due to a patch import botch. Changed the types from u32 to unsigned int to be more consistent with other variables in the area. Also brought the patch up to the latest net-2.6.26 tree. Update: Made gso_max_size container 32 bits, not 16. Moved the location of gso_max_size within netdev to be less hotpath. Made more consistent names between the sock and netdev layers, and added a define for the max GSO size. Update: Respun for net-2.6.26 tree. Update: changed max_gso_frame_size and sk_gso_max_size from signed to unsigned - thanks Stephen! This patch adds the ability for device drivers to control the size of the TSO frames being sent to them, per TCP connection. By setting the netdevice's gso_max_size value, the socket layer will set the GSO frame size based on that value. This will propogate into the TCP layer, and send TSO's of that size to the hardware. This can be desirable to help tune the bursty nature of TSO on a per-adapter basis, where one may have 1 GbE and 10 GbE devices coexisting in a system, one running multiqueue and the other not, etc. This can also be desirable for devices that cannot support full 64 KB TSO's, but still want to benefit from some level of segmentation offloading. Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-03-21 18:43:19 +08:00
dev->gso_max_size = GSO_MAX_SIZE;
netdev_init_queues(dev);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->napi_list);
setup(dev);
strcpy(dev->name, name);
return dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(alloc_netdev_mq);
/**
* free_netdev - free network device
* @dev: device
*
* This function does the last stage of destroying an allocated device
* interface. The reference to the device object is released.
* If this is the last reference then it will be freed.
*/
void free_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
struct napi_struct *p, *n;
release_net(dev_net(dev));
kfree(dev->_tx);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
list_for_each_entry_safe(p, n, &dev->napi_list, dev_list)
netif_napi_del(p);
/* Compatibility with error handling in drivers */
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_UNINITIALIZED) {
kfree((char *)dev - dev->padded);
return;
}
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED);
dev->reg_state = NETREG_RELEASED;
/* will free via device release */
put_device(&dev->dev);
}
/**
* synchronize_net - Synchronize with packet receive processing
*
* Wait for packets currently being received to be done.
* Does not block later packets from starting.
*/
void synchronize_net(void)
{
might_sleep();
synchronize_rcu();
}
/**
* unregister_netdevice - remove device from the kernel
* @dev: device
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and removes it
* from the kernel tables.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore. You may want
* unregister_netdev() instead of this.
*/
void unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
rollback_registered(dev);
/* Finish processing unregister after unlock */
net_set_todo(dev);
}
/**
* unregister_netdev - remove device from the kernel
* @dev: device
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and removes it
* from the kernel tables.
*
* This is just a wrapper for unregister_netdevice that takes
* the rtnl semaphore. In general you want to use this and not
* unregister_netdevice.
*/
void unregister_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
rtnl_lock();
unregister_netdevice(dev);
rtnl_unlock();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdev);
/**
* dev_change_net_namespace - move device to different nethost namespace
* @dev: device
* @net: network namespace
* @pat: If not NULL name pattern to try if the current device name
* is already taken in the destination network namespace.
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and moves it
* to a new network namespace. On success 0 is returned, on
* a failure a netagive errno code is returned.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore.
*/
int dev_change_net_namespace(struct net_device *dev, struct net *net, const char *pat)
{
char buf[IFNAMSIZ];
const char *destname;
int err;
ASSERT_RTNL();
/* Don't allow namespace local devices to be moved. */
err = -EINVAL;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL)
goto out;
#ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS
/* Don't allow real devices to be moved when sysfs
* is enabled.
*/
err = -EINVAL;
if (dev->dev.parent)
goto out;
#endif
/* Ensure the device has been registrered */
err = -EINVAL;
if (dev->reg_state != NETREG_REGISTERED)
goto out;
/* Get out if there is nothing todo */
err = 0;
if (net_eq(dev_net(dev), net))
goto out;
/* Pick the destination device name, and ensure
* we can use it in the destination network namespace.
*/
err = -EEXIST;
destname = dev->name;
if (__dev_get_by_name(net, destname)) {
/* We get here if we can't use the current device name */
if (!pat)
goto out;
if (!dev_valid_name(pat))
goto out;
if (strchr(pat, '%')) {
if (__dev_alloc_name(net, pat, buf) < 0)
goto out;
destname = buf;
} else
destname = pat;
if (__dev_get_by_name(net, destname))
goto out;
}
/*
* And now a mini version of register_netdevice unregister_netdevice.
*/
/* If device is running close it first. */
dev_close(dev);
/* And unlink it from device chain */
err = -ENODEV;
unlist_netdevice(dev);
synchronize_net();
/* Shutdown queueing discipline. */
dev_shutdown(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that we are about to destroy
this device. They should clean all the things.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
/*
* Flush the unicast and multicast chains
*/
dev_addr_discard(dev);
netdev_unregister_kobject(dev);
/* Actually switch the network namespace */
dev_net_set(dev, net);
/* Assign the new device name */
if (destname != dev->name)
strcpy(dev->name, destname);
/* If there is an ifindex conflict assign a new one */
if (__dev_get_by_index(net, dev->ifindex)) {
int iflink = (dev->iflink == dev->ifindex);
dev->ifindex = dev_new_index(net);
if (iflink)
dev->iflink = dev->ifindex;
}
/* Fixup kobjects */
err = netdev_register_kobject(dev);
WARN_ON(err);
/* Add the device back in the hashes */
list_netdevice(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that a new device appeared. */
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
synchronize_net();
err = 0;
out:
return err;
}
static int dev_cpu_callback(struct notifier_block *nfb,
unsigned long action,
void *ocpu)
{
struct sk_buff **list_skb;
struct Qdisc **list_net;
struct sk_buff *skb;
unsigned int cpu, oldcpu = (unsigned long)ocpu;
struct softnet_data *sd, *oldsd;
if (action != CPU_DEAD && action != CPU_DEAD_FROZEN)
return NOTIFY_OK;
local_irq_disable();
cpu = smp_processor_id();
sd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, cpu);
oldsd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, oldcpu);
/* Find end of our completion_queue. */
list_skb = &sd->completion_queue;
while (*list_skb)
list_skb = &(*list_skb)->next;
/* Append completion queue from offline CPU. */
*list_skb = oldsd->completion_queue;
oldsd->completion_queue = NULL;
/* Find end of our output_queue. */
list_net = &sd->output_queue;
while (*list_net)
list_net = &(*list_net)->next_sched;
/* Append output queue from offline CPU. */
*list_net = oldsd->output_queue;
oldsd->output_queue = NULL;
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_enable();
/* Process offline CPU's input_pkt_queue */
while ((skb = __skb_dequeue(&oldsd->input_pkt_queue)))
netif_rx(skb);
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
/**
* netdev_increment_features - increment feature set by one
* @all: current feature set
* @one: new feature set
* @mask: mask feature set
*
* Computes a new feature set after adding a device with feature set
* @one to the master device with current feature set @all. Will not
* enable anything that is off in @mask. Returns the new feature set.
*/
unsigned long netdev_increment_features(unsigned long all, unsigned long one,
unsigned long mask)
{
/* If device needs checksumming, downgrade to it. */
if (all & NETIF_F_NO_CSUM && !(one & NETIF_F_NO_CSUM))
all ^= NETIF_F_NO_CSUM | (one & NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM);
else if (mask & NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM) {
/* If one device supports v4/v6 checksumming, set for all. */
if (one & (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM | NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM) &&
!(all & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM)) {
all &= ~NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM;
all |= one & (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM | NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM);
}
/* If one device supports hw checksumming, set for all. */
if (one & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM && !(all & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM)) {
all &= ~NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM;
all |= NETIF_F_HW_CSUM;
}
}
one |= NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM;
one |= all & NETIF_F_ONE_FOR_ALL;
all &= one | NETIF_F_LLTX | NETIF_F_GSO;
all |= one & mask & NETIF_F_ONE_FOR_ALL;
return all;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_increment_features);
static struct hlist_head *netdev_create_hash(void)
{
int i;
struct hlist_head *hash;
hash = kmalloc(sizeof(*hash) * NETDEV_HASHENTRIES, GFP_KERNEL);
if (hash != NULL)
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_HASHENTRIES; i++)
INIT_HLIST_HEAD(&hash[i]);
return hash;
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
/* Initialize per network namespace state */
static int __net_init netdev_init(struct net *net)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
{
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&net->dev_base_head);
net->dev_name_head = netdev_create_hash();
if (net->dev_name_head == NULL)
goto err_name;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
net->dev_index_head = netdev_create_hash();
if (net->dev_index_head == NULL)
goto err_idx;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return 0;
err_idx:
kfree(net->dev_name_head);
err_name:
return -ENOMEM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
}
/**
* netdev_drivername - network driver for the device
* @dev: network device
* @buffer: buffer for resulting name
* @len: size of buffer
*
* Determine network driver for device.
*/
char *netdev_drivername(const struct net_device *dev, char *buffer, int len)
{
const struct device_driver *driver;
const struct device *parent;
if (len <= 0 || !buffer)
return buffer;
buffer[0] = 0;
parent = dev->dev.parent;
if (!parent)
return buffer;
driver = parent->driver;
if (driver && driver->name)
strlcpy(buffer, driver->name, len);
return buffer;
}
static void __net_exit netdev_exit(struct net *net)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
{
kfree(net->dev_name_head);
kfree(net->dev_index_head);
}
static struct pernet_operations __net_initdata netdev_net_ops = {
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
.init = netdev_init,
.exit = netdev_exit,
};
static void __net_exit default_device_exit(struct net *net)
{
struct net_device *dev;
/*
* Push all migratable of the network devices back to the
* initial network namespace
*/
rtnl_lock();
restart:
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
int err;
char fb_name[IFNAMSIZ];
/* Ignore unmoveable devices (i.e. loopback) */
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL)
continue;
/* Delete virtual devices */
if (dev->rtnl_link_ops && dev->rtnl_link_ops->dellink) {
dev->rtnl_link_ops->dellink(dev);
goto restart;
}
/* Push remaing network devices to init_net */
snprintf(fb_name, IFNAMSIZ, "dev%d", dev->ifindex);
err = dev_change_net_namespace(dev, &init_net, fb_name);
if (err) {
printk(KERN_EMERG "%s: failed to move %s to init_net: %d\n",
__func__, dev->name, err);
BUG();
}
goto restart;
}
rtnl_unlock();
}
static struct pernet_operations __net_initdata default_device_ops = {
.exit = default_device_exit,
};
/*
* Initialize the DEV module. At boot time this walks the device list and
* unhooks any devices that fail to initialise (normally hardware not
* present) and leaves us with a valid list of present and active devices.
*
*/
/*
* This is called single threaded during boot, so no need
* to take the rtnl semaphore.
*/
static int __init net_dev_init(void)
{
int i, rc = -ENOMEM;
BUG_ON(!dev_boot_phase);
if (dev_proc_init())
goto out;
if (netdev_kobject_init())
goto out;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ptype_all);
for (i = 0; i < PTYPE_HASH_SIZE; i++)
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ptype_base[i]);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (register_pernet_subsys(&netdev_net_ops))
goto out;
/*
* Initialise the packet receive queues.
*/
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct softnet_data *queue;
queue = &per_cpu(softnet_data, i);
skb_queue_head_init(&queue->input_pkt_queue);
queue->completion_queue = NULL;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&queue->poll_list);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
queue->backlog.poll = process_backlog;
queue->backlog.weight = weight_p;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
queue->backlog.gro_list = NULL;
queue->backlog.gro_count = 0;
}
dev_boot_phase = 0;
/* The loopback device is special if any other network devices
* is present in a network namespace the loopback device must
* be present. Since we now dynamically allocate and free the
* loopback device ensure this invariant is maintained by
* keeping the loopback device as the first device on the
* list of network devices. Ensuring the loopback devices
* is the first device that appears and the last network device
* that disappears.
*/
if (register_pernet_device(&loopback_net_ops))
goto out;
if (register_pernet_device(&default_device_ops))
goto out;
open_softirq(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ, net_tx_action);
open_softirq(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ, net_rx_action);
hotcpu_notifier(dev_cpu_callback, 0);
dst_init();
dev_mcast_init();
rc = 0;
out:
return rc;
}
subsys_initcall(net_dev_init);
static int __init initialize_hashrnd(void)
{
get_random_bytes(&skb_tx_hashrnd, sizeof(skb_tx_hashrnd));
return 0;
}
late_initcall_sync(initialize_hashrnd);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_get_by_index);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_get_by_name);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_remove_pack);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_valid_name);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_add_pack);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_alloc_name);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_close);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_flags);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_index);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_name);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_open);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_queue_xmit);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_remove_pack);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_allmulti);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_promiscuity);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_change_flags);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_mtu);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_mac_address);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(free_netdev);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_boot_setup_check);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_set_master);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_state_change);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_receive_skb);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_rx);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_gifconf);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdevice);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdevice_notifier);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_checksum_help);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(synchronize_net);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdevice);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdevice_notifier);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(net_enable_timestamp);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(net_disable_timestamp);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_flags);
#if defined(CONFIG_BRIDGE) || defined(CONFIG_BRIDGE_MODULE)
EXPORT_SYMBOL(br_handle_frame_hook);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(br_fdb_get_hook);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(br_fdb_put_hook);
#endif
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_load);
EXPORT_PER_CPU_SYMBOL(softnet_data);